USER MANUAL 02 EN Read carefully before using the machine. Register your product and get support at www.philips.
IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS When using electrical appliances, basic safety precautions should always be followed, including the following: 1. Read all instructions. 2. Do not touch hot surfaces. Use handles or knobs. 3. To protect against fire, electric shock and injury to persons do not immerse cord, plugs, or appliance in water or other liquid. 4. Close supervision is necessary when the appliance is used by or near children. 5. Unplug from outlet when not in use and before cleaning.
CAUTION This appliance is for household use only. Any servicing, other than cleaning and user maintenance, should be performed by an authorized service center. Do not immerse machine in water. To reduce the risk of fire or electric shock, do not disassemble the machine. There are no parts inside the machine serviceable by the user. Repair should be done by authorized service personnel only. 1. Check voltage to be sure that the voltage indicated on the nameplate corresponds with your voltage. 2.
2 ENGLISH Congratulations on your purchase of a Philips super automatic espresso coffee machine with Classic Milk Frother! To fully benefit from the support that Philips offers, register your product at www.philips.com/welcome. The machine is made for preparing espresso coffee using whole coffee beans and for dispensing steam and hot water. In this user manual you will find all the information you need to install, use, clean and descale your machine. CONTENTS IMPORTANT....................................
ENGLISH Adjusting the Aroma (Coffee Strength) .................................................................................... 22 Adjusting the Dispensing Spout ............................................................................................... 23 Adjusting the Coffee Length .................................................................................................... 24 BREWING ESPRESSO AND LONG ESPRESSO .......................................................
4 ENGLISH IMPORTANT Safety Instructions This machine is equipped with safety devices. Nevertheless, read and follow the safety instructions carefully and only use the machine properly as described in these instructions to avoid accidental injury or damage due to improper use of the machine. Keep this user manual for future reference. The term WARNING and this icon warn against possible severe injuries, danger to life and/or damage to the machine.
ENGLISH • • • • • • • • • • • 5 - before cleaning the machine. Pull on the mains plug, not on the power cord. Do not touch the mains plug with wet hands. Do not use the machine if the mains plug, the power cord or the machine itself is damaged. Do not make any modifications to the machine or its power cord. Only have repairs carried out by a service centre authorised by Philips to avoid any hazard. The machine should not be used by children younger than 8 years old.
6 ENGLISH Cautions • The machine is for household use only. It is not intended for use in environments such as canteens, staff kitchens of shops, offices, factories or other work environments. • Always put the machine on a flat and stable surface. • Do not place the machine on hot surfaces, directly next to a hot oven, heater units or similar sources of heat. • Only put roasted coffee beans into the coffee bean hopper.
ENGLISH 7 Electromagnetic Fields This appliance complies with all the applicable standards and regulations relating to the exposure to electromagnetic fields. Disposal This symbol on a product indicates that the product is covered by EU Directive 2012/19/EU. Please inform yourself about the local separate collection system for electrical and electronic products. Follow local regulations and do not dispose of the product as household waste.
8 INSTALLATION Product Overview 5 1 2 3 6 7 8 9 10 14 11 4 12 31 13 15 18 16 17 19 20 21 30 24 25 26 27 28 29 23 22
ENGLISH 9 General Description 1. Grinder adjustment knob 2. Coffee bean hopper 3. Pre-ground coffee compartment 4. Water tank + Lid 5. Coffee bean hopper lid 6. Control panel 7. Coffee dispensing spout 8. Full drip tray indicator 9. Cup holder grill 10. Drip tray 11. Coffee grounds drawer 12. Brew group 13. Service door 14. Grease for brew group - (optional) 15. Power cord 16. Wand protective gripper 17. Classic Milk Frother (for hot water/steam) 18.
10 ENGLISH PREPARING FOR USE Machine Packaging The original packaging has been designed and constructed to protect the machine during transport. We recommend keeping the packaging material for possible future transport. Machine Installation 1 Remove the machine from the packaging. 2 For best use, it is recommended to: • • • Choose a safe, level surface where there will be no danger of overturning the machine or being injured.
ENGLISH 11 5 Rinse the water tank with fresh water. 6 Fill the water tank with fresh water up to the MAX level and reinsert it into the machine. Make sure it is fully inserted. Caution: Never fill the water tank with warm, hot, sparkling water or any other liquid, as this may cause damage to the water tank and the machine. 7 Lift the coffee bean hopper lid. 8 Slowly pour the coffee beans into the coffee bean hopper.
ENGLISH 12 Switch the power button to "I". The “ 13 Press the “ ” button flashes. ” button to turn on the machine. Note: By keeping the “ ” button pressed for more than 8 seconds, the machine enters the demo mode. To exit the demo, turn the machine off and on again using the power button. Yellow 12 14 The control panel indicates that the circuit must be primed.
ENGLISH 13 USING THE MACHINE FOR THE FIRST TIME When using the machine for the first time, the following activities need to happen: 1) You need to prime the circuit. 2) The machine will perform an automatic rinse/self-cleaning cycle. 3) You need to perform a manual rinse cycle. Circuit Priming During this process, fresh water flows through the internal circuit of the machine and the machine warms up. This takes a few minutes. 1 Place a container under the Classic Milk Frother.
ENGLISH Automatic Rinse/Self-Cleaning Cycle When warm-up has been completed, the machine automatically performs a rinse/self-cleaning cycle of the internal circuits with fresh water. This takes less than a minute. 5 Place a container under the coffee dispensing spout to catch the small Yellow amount of water which will be dispensed. 6 The machine performs an automatic rinse cycle. Wait for the cycle to finish automatically. Note: Dispensing can be stopped by pressing the “ ” button.
ENGLISH 15 Green 2 Check that the machine shows this display. Green 3 To select the pre-ground coffee brewing function, press the “ ” but- ton until this display is shown. Note: Do not add any pre-ground coffee into the compartment. 4 Press the “ ” button. The machine will start dispensing water from the coffee dispensing spout. 5 When dispensing has finished, empty the container. Repeat the operations from step 1 to step 4 twice, then continue with step 6.
ENGLISH 9 At the end of this operation, fill the water tank again up to the MAX Green 16 level. Now the machine is ready to brew coffee. The display on the left will be shown. Note: The automatic rinse/self-cleaning cycle starts when the machine has been in stand-by mode, or turned off, for more than 15 minutes. When you have not used the machine for 2 or more weeks, you will need to perform a manual rinse cycle. At the end of the cycle, you can brew a coffee.
ENGLISH 17 3 Check how many squares have changed colour to red and then refer to The letters correspond to the references that are located at the base of the “INTENZA+” water filter (see next chapter). Yellow 1 2 3 4 Machine Water Hardness Setting Note: The numbers on the water hardness test strip correspond to the water hardness adjustment settings.
18 ENGLISH "INTENZA+" WATER FILTER We recommend you to install the “INTENZA+” water filter as this prevents limescale build-up in your machine and preserves a more intense aroma of your coffee. The “INTENZA+” water filter can be purchased separately. For further details, please refer to the maintenance products page in this user manual. Water is a crucial part of every coffee, so it is very important to always have it professionally filtered.
ENGLISH 19 4 Put the “INTENZA+” water filter into the empty water tank. Press it down until it cannot move any further. 5 Fill the water tank with fresh water and put it into the machine. 6 Dispense all the water in the water tank by using the hot water function (see the “Hot Water Dispensing” chapter). Yellow Yellow 7 Fill the water tank again. 8 Press the “ ” button and scroll the options by pressing the “ until this display is shown.
ENGLISH Replacing the “INTENZA+” Water Filter Yellow Yellow Yellow When the “INTENZA+” water filter needs to be replaced with a new one, this icon is displayed. 1 Replace the “INTENZA+” water filter as described in the previous chapter. 2 Press the “ ” button and scroll through the options by pressing the “ button until this icon is displayed. 3 Select the “RESET” option. Press the “ ” button to confirm. Green 4 Press the “ ” button to exit.
ENGLISH 21 ADJUSTMENTS The machine allows for certain adjustments so that you can enhance the quality and taste of your coffee. Saeco Adapting System Coffee is a natural product and its characteristics may change according to its origin, blend and roast. The machine is equipped with a self-adjusting system that allows the use of all types of coffee beans available on the market, except for raw, caramelized and flavoured coffee beans.
ENGLISH 2 While the machine grinds coffee, press and turn the grinder adjustment knob placed inside the coffee bean hopper one notch at a time. Use the special coffee grinder adjustment key supplied. You will taste the difference after brewing 2-3 cups of coffee. 3 The reference marks inside the coffee bean hopper indicate the grind 2 Adjusting the Aroma (Coffee Strength) Choose your favourite coffee blend and adjust the amount of coffee to be ground according to your personal taste.
ENGLISH 23 Adjusting the Dispensing Spout The height of the dispensing spout can be adjusted to better fit the dimensions of the cups that you wish to use. Move the dispensing spout up or down with your fingers to adjust its height as shown in the figure. The recommended positions are: For the use of small cups; For the use of large cups. Two cups can also be placed under the dispensing spout to brew two cups of espresso or long espresso at the same time.
ENGLISH Adjusting the Coffee Length The machine allows you to adjust the amount of brewed coffee according to your taste and the size of your cups. Each time the “ ” or “ ” button is pressed, the machine brews a pre-set amount of coffee. Each button may be individually programmed for a specific brew setting. The following procedure describes how to program the “ ” button. 1 Place a cup under the dispensing spout.
ENGLISH 25 BREWING ESPRESSO AND LONG ESPRESSO Before brewing coffee, make sure that there are no warnings shown on the control panel, and that the water tank and coffee bean hopper are filled. Brewing Espresso or Long Espresso Using Coffee Beans 1 Place 1 or 2 cups under the dispensing spout. 2 To brew an espresso or a long espresso, press the “ ” button to select the desired aroma. Green 3 Press the “ ” button for an espresso or the “ ” button for a long espresso.
ENGLISH Brewing Espresso or Long Espresso Using Pre-Ground Coffee This function allows you to use pre-ground coffee. With the pre-ground coffee function you can only brew one coffee at a time. Green 26 1 Press the “ ” button one or more times to select the pre-ground cof- fee function. 2 Lift the pre-ground coffee compartment lid and add one level measuring scoop of pre-ground coffee. Use only the measuring scoop supplied with the machine. Then close the pre-ground coffee compartment lid.
ENGLISH 27 DISPENSING STEAM / BREWING CAPPUCCINO Warning: Danger of burning! Dispensing may be preceded by small jets of hot water. The Classic Milk Frother may reach high temperatures. Never touch it with bare hands. Use the appropriate protective handle only. 1 Fill 1/3 of a container with cold milk. Note: When preparing your cappuccino, use cold (~5°C / 41°F) milk with a protein content of at least 3% to ensure optimum results. Whole milk or skimmed milk may be used depending on individual taste.
ENGLISH Note: After pressing the “ ” button, it will take a few seconds before the machine stops dispensing steam completely. Caution: After frothing milk, a small quantity of hot water must be dispensed into a container. Remove the external part of the Classic Milk Frother and wash it with lukewarm water. Note: You can brew an espresso or dispense hot water straight after dispensing steam. HOT WATER DISPENSING Warning: Danger of burning! Dispensing may be preceded by small jets of hot water.
ENGLISH 29 Green 3 This icon is displayed during the preheating time required by the machine. Green 4 Pour the desired amount of hot water. To stop dispensing hot water, press the “ ” button. CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE Daily Cleaning of the Machine Caution: Timely cleaning and maintenance of your machine is very important as it prolongs the life of your machine.
30 ENGLISH 2 Remove the coffee grounds drawer and empty it. 3 Empty and clean the drip tray. 1 4 Insert the coffee grounds drawer back into the drip tray and place the drip tray back into the machine. 2 3 Note: Empty and wash the drip tray also when the full drip tray indicator is raised. Note: Other maintenance operations can only be carried out when the machine is turned off and unplugged.
ENGLISH 31 Daily Cleaning of the Classic Milk Frother It is important that you clean the Classic Milk Frother daily or after each use as this preserves hygiene and ensures perfect milk froth consistency. After frothing milk, a small quantity of hot water must be dispensed into a container. Remove the external part of the Classic Milk Frother and wash it with lukewarm water. Weekly Cleaning of the Machine 1 Clean the seat of the drip tray.
32 ENGLISH 2 Remove the upper part of the Classic Milk Frother from the steam/hot water wand. 3 Wash the upper part of the Classic Milk Frother with fresh water. 4 Clean the steam/hot water wand of the Classic Milk Frother with a wet cloth to remove milk residues. 5 Put the upper part back into the steam/hot water wand (make sure it is completely inserted). 6 Reassemble the external part of the Classic Milk Frother. Weekly Cleaning of the Brew Group Clean the brew group at least once a week.
ENGLISH 33 3 Open the service door. 4 To remove the brew group, press the «PUSH» button and pull it by the handle. Pull it out horizontally without turning it. 5 Thoroughly clean the coffee duct outlet with the special cleaning tool supplied with the machine or with a spoon handle. Make sure that the cleaning tool is inserted as shown in the figure. 6 Remove the coffee residues drawer and wash it thoroughly.
34 ENGLISH 7 Thoroughly wash the brew group with fresh water and carefully clean the upper filter. Caution: Do not use detergent or soap to clean the brew group. 8 Let the brew group air-dry thoroughly. 9 Thoroughly clean the inside of the machine using a soft, dampened cloth. 10 Make sure that the brew group is in the off position; the two reference marks must match. If they do not match, proceed as described in step 11.
ENGLISH 35 13 Make sure that the hook which locks the brew group is in the correct position. If it is still in the downward position, push it upward until it locks correctly into place. 14 Insert the coffee residues drawer into its seat and ensure that it is correctly in place. Note: If the coffee residues drawer is not correctly positioned, the brew group may not fit into the machine. 15 Insert the brew group back into its seat until it locks into place without pressing the “PUSH” button.
36 ENGLISH Monthly Lubrication of the Brew Group Lubricate the brew group after approximately 500 cups of coffee or once a month. The grease to lubricate the brew group can be purchased separately. For further details, please refer to the maintenance products page in this user manual. Caution: Before lubricating the brew group, clean it with fresh water and let it dry as described in the “Weekly Cleaning of the Brew Group” chapter. 1 Apply the grease evenly on both side guides.
ENGLISH 37 3 Insert the brew group into its seat until it locks into place (see the “Weekly Cleaning of the Brew Group” chapter). 4 Close the service door and insert the drip tray and coffee grounds drawer. Monthly Cleaning of the Brew Group with “Coffee Oil Remover” Besides weekly cleaning, we recommend performing a cleaning cycle with “Coffee Oil Remover” after approximately 500 cups of coffee or once a month. This operation completes the maintenance process for the brew group.
ENGLISH 3 Put a “Coffee Oil Remover” tablet in the pre-ground coffee compartment. 4 Press the “ Green 38 ” button to select the pre-ground coffee function without adding any pre-ground coffee into the compartment. 5 Press the “ ” button to start the coffee brewing cycle. 6 Wait until the machine has dispensed half a cup of water. 7 Switch the power button on the back of the machine to “0”. 8 Let the solution take effect for about 15 minutes. Make sure you discard the dispensed water.
ENGLISH 39 11 Wash the brew group thoroughly with fresh water. 12 After rinsing the brew group, insert it back into its seat until it locks into place (see the “Weekly Cleaning of the Brew Group” chapter). Insert the drip tray and the coffee grounds drawer. Close the service door. Green 13 Press the “ ” button to select the pre-ground coffee function without adding any pre-ground coffee into the compartment. 14 Press the “ ” button to start the coffee brewing cycle. 15 Repeat steps 13 to 14 twice.
ENGLISH DESCALING When the “CALC CLEAN” icon is displayed, you need to descale the machine. Yellow 40 The descaling cycle takes approx. 30 minutes. Caution: Not doing this will ultimately make your machine stop working properly. In this case, repair is NOT covered by warranty. Warning: Use the Saeco descaling solution only. Its formula has been designed to ensure better machine performance. The use of other products may damage the machine and leave residues in the water.
ENGLISH 41 Yellow Yellow 2 Remove the Classic Milk Frother from the steam/hot water wand. 3 Press the “ ” button until this display is shown. 4 Press the “ ” button to start the descaling process. Note: If the “ ” button is pressed by mistake, press the “ ” button to quit. 5 Remove the “INTENZA+” water filter (if installed) from the water tank and replace it with the small white original one. 6 Pour all the descaling solution into the water tank.
ENGLISH Yellow Yellow Yellow Descaling Phase 9 Press the “ ” button to start the descaling cycle. 10 The machine will start dispensing the descaling solution at regular intervals. The bar on the control panel shows the cycle progress. This procedure takes approx. 20 minutes. Note: The descaling cycle may be paused by pressing the “ ” button. To resume the cycle, press the “ ” button again. This allows you to empty the container or to leave the machine unattended for a short time.
ENGLISH 43 Yellow Rinse Phase 15 Press the “ ” button to start the rinse cycle. Note: The rinse cycle may be paused by pressing the “ ” button. To resume the cycle, press the “ ” button again. This allows you to empty the container or to leave the machine unattended for a short time. Green 16 When the amount of water needed for the rinse cycle has been completely dispensed, this icon is displayed. Press the “ the descaling cycle.
ENGLISH 20 Remove the small white filter and replace the INTENZA+ water filter (if installed) in the water tank. Rinse it and fill it with fresh water up to the MAX level. Put it back into the machine. 21 At the end of the descaling cycle, wash the brew group as described in the “Weekly Cleaning of the Brew Group” chapter. 22 Reinsert the Classic Milk Frother. Green 44 23 The machine is ready to brew coffee.
ENGLISH 45 Interruption of the Descaling Cycle Once the descaling cycle has started, it must be completed; do not turn off the machine mid-cycle. If the machine stops, you can quit the cycle by pressing the on/off button. If this occurs, or in the event of power failure or accidental disconnection of the power cord, empty and rinse carefully the water tank, then fill it up to the CALC CLEAN level. Follow the instructions provided in the "Manual Rinse Cycle" chapter before brewing any beverage.
ENGLISH PROGRAMMING You can customise the machine functions via the programming menu. Timer (stand-by) This function allows you to adjust the time taken for the machine to go into stand-by mode after the last brewing. Contrast This function allows you to adjust the contrast of the display to better view the messages. Yellow Yellow Yellow Coffee Temperature This function allows you to adjust the coffee brewing temperature.
Yellow ENGLISH 47 Factory Settings This function allows you to reset all factory values. How to Program the Machine Green This example shows how to program the timer. Proceed in the same way to program the other functions. The programming menu can only be accessed when the machine is on and shows this display. Yellow Yellow 1 Press the “ ” button to access programming. 2 The main screen will be displayed. 3 Press the “ shown.
ENGLISH 4 Press the “ ” and “ ” buttons to increase or decrease the value of the function. Yellow 48 5 Once the value has been changed, the “OK” message appears. Press the “ ” button to confirm the change. 6 Press the “ ” button to exit programming. Note: The machine automatically exits programming mode if no button is pressed for 3 minutes. The values that have been changed but not confirmed will not be saved.
ENGLISH 49 MEANING OF THE DISPLAY ICONS This machine is equipped with a colour-coded system to make the user’s understanding of the display signals easier. The icons are colour-coded according to the traffic light principle. Ready Signals (Green Colour) The machine is ready to brew products. The machine is warming up to brew beverages or dispense hot water. The machine is ready to brew pre-ground coffee. Water dispensing. Steam dispensing. The machine is brewing one cup of espresso.
50 ENGLISH Ready Signals (Green Colour) The machine is programming the amount of espresso to be brewed. The machine is programming the amount of long espresso to be brewed. Espresso brewing using pre-ground coffee in progress. Long espresso brewing using pre-ground coffee in progress.
ENGLISH 51 Warning Signals (Yellow Colour) The machine is warming up. The machine is performing the rinse cycle. Wait until the machine has completed the cycle. The machine needs the "INTENZA+" water filter to be replaced. The brew group is being reset due to machine reset. Fill the coffee bean hopper with coffee beans and restart the cycle. Prime the circuit. You need to descale the machine. Press the “ ” button to start the descaling process.
52 ENGLISH Warning Signals (Red Colour) Completely insert the drip tray with the coffee grounds drawer into the machine and close the service door. Fill the coffee bean hopper. The brew group must be inserted into the machine. Empty the coffee grounds drawer. Wait 5 seconds before reinserting it. Fill the water tank. Exx The machine is out of order. The error code is displayed in the right bottom corner. Turn off the machine. Turn it back on after 30 seconds. Try this 2 or 3 times.
ENGLISH 53 TROUBLESHOOTING This chapter summarizes the most common problems you could encounter with your machine. If you are unable to solve the problem with the information below, visit www.philips.com/support for a list of frequently asked questions or contact the Philips hotline in your country. Contact details can be found in the warranty booklet supplied separately or at www.philips.com/support. Machine actions Causes Solutions Error Code 1 Coffee grinder blocked. Coffee outlet duct clogged.
54 ENGLISH Machine actions The machine does not turn on. Causes The machine is not connected to the electric network, or the power button is in the “O” position. The machine is in demo mode. The “ ” button was pressed and held for more than 8 seconds. Water is sometimes drained automatically by the machine into the drip tray to manage the rinsing of the circuits and ensure optimum machine performance. The coffee grounds drawer has been emptied with the machine off.
ENGLISH 55 Machine actions Coffee is not brewed, is brewed slowly or only a few drops are brewed (see note). Causes The coffee grind is too fine. The circuit is not primed. The brew group is dirty. The dispensing spout is dirty. Coffee leaks out of the dispensing spout. No hot water or steam is dispensed. The machine circuit is clogged by limescale. The dispensing spout is clogged. The hole of the steam/hot water wand is clogged. The circuit is not primed. The descaling cycle cannot be completed.
56 ENGLISH ENERGY SAVING Stand-by The Philips super automatic espresso coffee machine is designed for energy saving, as proven by the Class A energy label. After 15 minutes of inactivity, the machine turns off automatically (unless a different stand-by time has been programmed). If a product has been brewed, the machine performs a rinse cycle. In stand-by mode, the energy consumption is below 1Wh. To turn on the machine, press the “ ” button (if the power button on the back of the machine is set to “I”).
ENGLISH 57 FACTORY SETTINGS Beverage Adjustment Beverages Predefined quantity Aroma Strength Adjustable: Espresso 40 ml 3 20 ml - 140 ml Long espresso 120 ml 3 20 ml - 140 ml Note: the values provided may vary. WARRANTY AND SERVICE Warranty For detailed information on your warranty and related conditions, please read the warranty booklet supplied separately. Service We want to ensure that you remain satisfied with your machine.
58 ENGLISH ORDERING MAINTENANCE PRODUCTS For cleaning and descaling, use Philips maintenance products only. You can purchase the products at the Philips online shop at www.shop.philips.com/ service, from your local dealer or at authorised service centres. If you have any difficulties obtaining maintenance products for your machine, please contact the Philips hotline in your country. Contact details can be found in the warranty booklet packed separately or at www.philips.com/support.
ENGLISH 59 - Coffee Oil Remover CA6704 - Maintenance Kit CA6706
del 30-04-15 02 EN Rev.00 02 The manufacturer reserves the right to make changes without prior notice. www.philips.
ﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﺑﺭﺳﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺋﻌﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ۳۱۰۰ ﺍﻗﺭﺃ ﺑﻌﻧﺎﻳﺔ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ. ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ۰۲ ﺑﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻣﻧﺗﺟﻙ ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ www.philips.
ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﻣﻬﻣﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ ،ﻳﺟﺏ ﺍﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﺷﻣﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ: .۱ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ. .۲ﻻ ﺗﻠﻣﺱ ﺍﻷﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺧﻧﺔ .ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺑﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺳﻙ. .۳ﻟﻠﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻧﺩﻻﻉ ﺍﻟﻧﻳﺭﺍﻥ ،ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺻﺩﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻷﺷﺧﺎﺹ ﻟﻺﺻﺎﺑﺔ ،ﻻ ﺗﻐﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﺳﻭﺍﺋﻝ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ. .٤ﻻ ﺑﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻹﺷﺭﺍﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻠﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻷﻁﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻛﻭﻧﻭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺭﺏ ﻣﻧﻪ. .٥ﻗﻡ ﺑﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ .
ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺧﺻﺹ ﻟﻼﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺯﻟﻲ ﻓﻘﻁ .ﻻ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﺧﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﻭﻗﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺭﻛﺯ ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻣﻌﺗﻣﺩ .ﻻ ﺗﻐﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء .ﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﺧﻁﺭ ﺍﻧﺩﻻﻉ ﺍﻟﻧﻳﺭﺍﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺻﺩﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ ،ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﻔﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ .ﻻ ﺗﻭﺟﺩ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺟﺯﺍء ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺑﺻﻳﺎﻧﺗﻬﺎ .ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻹﺻﻼﺡ ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﻣﻭﻅﻑ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻓﻘﻁ. .۱ﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺗﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻣﺛﻳﻠﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﺩﻳﻙ. .۲ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺧﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻓﺊ ﻣﻁﻠ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻣﻝء ﺧﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء .
۲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ﺗﻬﺎﻧﻳﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺭﺍء ﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﺑﺭﺳﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺋﻌﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺷﺭﻛﺔ Philipsﺍﻟﻣﺯﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﻣﺯﺑﺩ ﺍﻟﺣﻠﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻛﻼﺳﻳﻛﻲ! ﻟﻼﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﻘﺩﻣﻪ ،Philipsﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻣﻧﺗﺟﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﻊ .www.philips.com/welcome ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﻣﺻﻣﻣﺔ ﻟﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﺑﺭﺳﻭ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺣﺑﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺑﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻭﻟﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺑﺧﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺧﻥ .ﺳﺗﺟﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺗﺎﺟﻬﺎ ﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ،ﻭﺗﻧﻅﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﻭﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺳﻳﺑﺎﺕ ﻣﻧﻬﺎ. ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻬﻡ٤ ..........................................
ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻛﻬﺔ )ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ(۲۲ ........................................................................ ﺿﺑﻁ ﻓﻭﻫﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ۲۳ .............................................................................. ﺿﺑﻁ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ ۲٤ ............................................................................... ﻧﻘﻊ ﺍﻹﺳﺑﺭﺳﻭ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺑﺭﺳﻭ ﻟﻭﻧﺞ۲٥ ............................................................. ﻧﻘﻊ ﺍﻹﺳﺑﺭﺳﻭ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺑﺭﺳﻭ ﻟﻭﻧﺞ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺣﺑﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ ۲٥ .......................................
٤ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ﻣﻬﻡ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﻣﺯﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ .ﻭﻋﻼﻭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ ،ﺍﻗﺭﺃ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺗﺑﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﻧﺎﻳﺔ ،ﻭﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻟﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺻﻭﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺿﺭﺭ ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻳﻡ ﻟﻠﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ .ﺣﺎﻓﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻟﻠﺭﺟﻭﻉ ﺇﻟﻳﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻘﺑﻝ. ﻳﺣﺫﺭ ﻣﺻﻁﻠﺢ ﺗﺣﺫﻳﺭ ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺯ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻳﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻣﻠﺔ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺧﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﻬﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺣﻳﺎﺓ ﻭ/ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ.
ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ • • • • • • • • • • • ٥ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ.ﺍﺳﺣﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻲ ﻭﻟﻳﺱ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ. ﻻ ﺗﻠﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺄﺧﺫ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻲ ﺑﺄﻳ ٍﺩ ﻣﺑﻠﻠﺔ. ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺗﻠﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﻧﻔﺳﻬﺎ. ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻼﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻬﺎ .ﻻ ﻳﻧﺑﻐﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺻﻼﺡ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺭﻛﺯ ﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻣﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺷﺭﻛﺔ Philipsﻟﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺧﺎﻁﺭ. ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻻ ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻷﻁﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ۸ﺃﻋﻭﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ.
٦ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻬﺎﺕ • • • • • • • • • • ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﻣﺧﺻﺻﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺯﻟﻲ ﻓﻘﻁ .ﻭﻫﻲ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺧﺻﺻﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻳﺋﺎﺕ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻧﺗﻳﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻁﺑﺦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﻳﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺎﺟﺭ ،ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﺗﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺎﻧﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻳﺋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ. ﻣﺳﺗﻭ ﻭﺛﺎﺑﺕ ﺩﺍﺋﻣًﺎ. ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻁﺢ ٍ ﻻ ﺗﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺧﻧﺔ ،ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺳﺎﺧﻥ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺗﺳﺧﻳﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﺷﺎﺑﻬﺔ. ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻳﻙ ﺳﻭﻯ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺣﺑﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺑﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﺹ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻣﻊ ﺣﺑﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺑﻥ .
ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ۷ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﻭﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﻳﺗﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻭﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺭﺗﺑﻁ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻠﺣﻘﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﻭﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳﺳﻳﺔ. ﺍﻟﺗﺧﻠﺹ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﻳﺷﻳﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺍﻻﺗﺣﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﻭﺑﻲ ﺭﻗﻡ 2012/19/EUﻋﻠﻳﻪ .ﻳُﺭﺟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻧﺗﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻳﺔ .ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻠﻳﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺗﺧﻠﺹ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﻛﻧﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻧﺯﻟﻳﺔ .ﻳﺳﺎﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺧﻠﺹ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻳﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻧﻊ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﺑﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺋﺔ ﻭﺻﺣﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺳﺎﻥ.
۸ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻧﻅﺭﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ٥ ۱ ۲ ۳ ٦ ۷ ۸ ۹ ۱۰ ۱٤ ۳۱ ۱۳ ۱۲ ٤ ۱۱ ۱٥ ۱۸ ۱٦ ۱۷ ۱۹ ۲۰ ۲۱ ۳۰ ۲٤ ۲٥ ۲٦ ۲۷ ۲۸ ۲۹ ۲۳ ۲۲
ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ۹ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ .۱ﻣﻘﺑﺽ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻧﺔ .۲ﻗﻣﻊ ﺣﺑﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺑﻥ .۳ﺗﺟﻭﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺑﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻭﻥ ﻣﺳﺑ ًﻘﺎ .٤ﺧﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء +ﻏﻁﺎء .٥ﻏﻁﺎء ﻗﻣﻊ ﺣﺑﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺑﻥ .٦ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ .۷ﺻﻧﺑﻭﺭ ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺑﻥ .۸ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺗﻘﻁﻳﺭ ﻣﻣﺗﻠﺋﺔ .۹ﺷﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺑﻣﻘﺑﺽ ﻟﻠﻛﻭﺏ .۱۰ﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻘﻳﻁ .۱۱ﺩﺭﺝ ﻣﺳﺣﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ .۱۲ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺣﻥ .۱۳ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ .۱٤ﺗﺷﺣﻳﻡ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺣﻥ ) -ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻱ( .۱٥ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻕ ﻟﻠﻌﺻﺎ .۱٦ﻣﻘﺑﺽ ٍ .۱۷ﻣﺯﺑﺩ ﻟﺑﻥ ﻛﻼﺳﻳﻛﻲ )ﻟﻠﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺧﻥ/ﺍﻟﺑﺧﺎﺭ( .
۱۰ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﻬﻳﺯ ﻟﻼﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻋﺑﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺑﻭﺓ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﻛﻭﻳﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﻛﻲ ﺗﺣﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ .ﻧﻭﺻﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺣﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺑﻭﺓ ﻻﺣﺗﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻘﺑﻠﻲ. ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ۱ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺑﻭﺓ. ۲ﻟﻼﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺛﻝ ،ﻳﻭﺻﻰ ﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ: • ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺳﻁﺣً ﺎ ﺁﻣ ًﻧﺎ ﻭﻣﺳﺗﻭﻳًﺎ ﺣﻳﺙ ﻻ ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﺧﻁﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ. • ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﻣﻭﻗﻌًﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﺟﻳﺩﺓ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻛﺎﻑٍ ،ﻭﻧﻅﻳ ًﻔﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺫ ﻳﺳﻬﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻳﻪ. • ﺍﺗﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ ﻟﻠﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺟﻭﺍﻧﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ.
ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ۱۱ ٥ﺍﺷﻁﻑ ﺧﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﺑﻣﺎء ﺟﺩﻳﺩ. ٦ﺍﻣﻸ ﺧﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﺑﻣﺎء ﺟﺩﻳﺩ ﻳﺻﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺻﻰ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﻭﺃﻋﺩ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ .ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻪ ﺗﻣﺎﻣًﺎ. ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ: ﻻ ﺗﻣﻸ ﺧﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﻣﻁﻠ ًﻘﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻓﺊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺧﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺁﺧﺭ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺫﻟﻙ ،ﻷﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻗﺩ ﻳﺳﺑﺏ ﺗﻠ ًﻔﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ. ۷ﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﻏﻁﺎء ﻗﻣﻊ ﺣﺑﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺑﻥ. ۸ﺻﺏ ﺣﺑﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺑﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻣﻊ ﺣﺑﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺑﻥ. ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ: ﻻ ﺗﺻﺏ ﺍﻟﻛﺛﻳﺭ ﺟ ًﺩﺍ ﻣﻥ ﺣﺑﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺑﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻣﻊ ﺣﺑﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺑﻥ ﻷﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺳﻳﻘﻠﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﻁﺣﻥ ﻟﻠﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ.
۱۲ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ۱۲ﺍﺟﻌﻝ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ " ."Iﻳﻭﻣﺽ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ " ۱۳ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ " ". " ﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ. ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ: ﺑﺎﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ " " ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺗﺯﻳﺩ ﻋﻥ ۸ﺛﻭﺍﻥً ،ﺗﺑﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺿﻳﺣﻲ. ﻟﻠﺧﺭﻭﺝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺿﻳﺣﻲ ،ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﺛﻡ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ. ﺃﺻﻔﺭ ۱٤ﺗﺷﻳﺭ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺿﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ.
ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ۱۳ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ،ﻳﺣﺩﺙ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻷﻧﺷﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ: (۱ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ. (۲ﺳﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﺑﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺷﻁﻑ/ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﺫﺍﺗﻲ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ. (۳ﺳﻳﻠﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺷﻁﻑ ﻳﺩﻭﻳﺔ. ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ،ﻳﺗﺩﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﻭﺳﺗﺭﺗﻔﻊ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ .ﻳﺳﺗﻐﺭﻕ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻕ ﻗﻠﻳﻠﺔ. ۱ﺿﻊ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺧﻔﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻠﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻛﻼﺳﻳﻛﻳﺔ. ۲ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ " " ﻟﺑﺩء ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ.
۱٤ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺷﻁﻑ/ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻛﺗﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺩﻓﺋﺔ ،ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﺑﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺷﻁﻑ/ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﺫﺍﺗﻲ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﻭﺍﺋﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻳﺩ .ﻳﺳﺗﻐﺭﻕ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ. ٥ﺿﻊ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺃﺳﻔﻝ ﺻﻧﺑﻭﺭ ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺧﻠﺹ ﻣﻧﻬﺎ. ﺃﺻﻔﺭ ٦ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﺑﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺷﻁﻑ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ .ﺍﻧﺗﻅﺭ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﻧﺗﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ. ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ: ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ " ".
ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ۱٥ ﺃﺧﺿﺭ ۲ﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ. ﺃﺧﺿﺭ ۳ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﻁﺣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻭﻥ ﻣﺳﺑ ًﻘﺎ ،ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ " " ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ. ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ: ﻻ ﺗﺿﻑ ﺃﻱ ﺑﻥ ﻣﻁﺣﻭﻥ ﻣﺳﺑ ًﻘﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﻭﻳﻑ. ٤ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ " " .ﺳﺗﺑﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﻣﻥ ﺻﻧﺑﻭﺭ ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ. ٥ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ،ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻓﺭﺍﻍ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ .ﻛﺭﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺭﺗﻳﻥ ،ﺛﻡ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺩﺳﺔ. ٦ﺿﻊ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺧﻔﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻠﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻛﻼﺳﻳﻛﻳﺔ.
۱٦ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺿﺭ ۹ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ،ﺍﻣﻸ ﺧﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﻣﺟﺩ ًﺩﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺻﻰ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﻟﻪ .ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﺃﺻﺑﺣﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﺟﺎﻫﺯﺓ ﻟﻁﺣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻥ. ﺳﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻳﺳﺎﺭ. ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ: ﺗﺑﺩﺃ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺷﻁﻑ/ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺗﻲ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﺻﺑﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺿﻳﺣﻲ ،ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺗﺯﻳﺩ ﻋﻥ ۱٥ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ. ﻋﻧﺩ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺃﺳﺑﻭﻋﻳﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ،ﺳﺗﺣﺗﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺷﻁﻑ ﻳﺩﻭﻳﺔ. ﻭﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺗﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺓ ،ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻁﺣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻥ.
ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ۱۷ ۳ﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﻟﻭﻧﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺣﻣﺭ ﺛﻡ ﺃﺷﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻭﻟﺔ. ﺝ ٤ ۳ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻋﺳﺭ ﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﻧﻛﻬﺔ Intenza ﺏ ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ: ﺗﺗﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﺧﺗﺑﺎﺭ ﻋﺳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﻣﻊ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺿﺑﻁ ﻋﺳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء. ﻭﺑﺩﻗﺔ ﺃﻛﺑﺭ: ) ۱ = ۱ﻣﺎء ﺭﻗﻳﻕ ﺟ ًﺩﺍ( ) ۲ = ۲ﻣﺎء ﺭﻗﻳﻕ( ) ۳ = ۳ﻣﺎء ﻋﺳﻳﺭ( ) ٤ = ٤ﻣﺎء ﻋﺳﻳﺭ ﺟ ًﺩﺍ( ﺗﺗﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﺍﻷﺣﺭﻑ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻣﺭﺷﺢ ") "INTENZA+ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ(. ﺃ ۲ ۱ ﺃﺻﻔﺭ ٤ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ " ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺯ.
۱۸ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ﻣﺭﺷﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ""INTENZA+ ﻧﻭﺻﻳﻙ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻣﺭﺷﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء " "INTENZA+ﻷﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻳﻣﻧﻊ ﺗﺭﺍﻛﻡ ﺭﻭﺍﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻟﺳﻳﻭﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻛﺭﺑﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ،ﻭﻳﺣﺎﻓﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻛﻬﺔ ﺃﻗﻭﻯ ﻟﻘﻬﻭﺗﻙ. ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺷﺭﺍء ﻣﺭﺷﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء " "INTENZA+ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻝ .ﻟﻣﺯﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ،ﻳُﺭﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺟﻭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﻣﻧﺗﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ .ﻳُﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﺟﺯءًﺍ ﻣﻬﻣًﺎ ﻣﻥ ﻛﻝ ﻓﻧﺟﺎﻥ ﻗﻬﻭﺓ ،ﻟﺫﺍ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻬﻡ ﺟ ًﺩﺍ ﺗﺻﻔﻳﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﺣﺗﺭﺍﻓﻲ .ﺳﻳﻣﻧﻊ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﺭﺷﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء " "INTENZA+ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺍﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩﻧﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺍﻛﻡ ﻭﻳُﺣﺳﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ.
ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ۱۹ ٤ﺿﻊ ﻣﺭﺷﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء " "INTENZA+ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺧﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻍ .ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﻷﺳﻔﻝ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻻ ﻳﺗﺣﺭﻙ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ. ٥ﺍﻣﻸ ﺧﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﺑﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﻋﺫﺑﺔ ﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ. ٦ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺻﺭﻳﻑ ﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺧﻧﺔ )ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ "ﺗﺻﺭﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺧﻧﺔ"(. ۷ﺍﻣﻸ ﺧﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ. ﺃﺻﻔﺭ ۸ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ " ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ. " ﻭﺗﻧﻘﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ " ۹ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ " " ﻟﻠﺗﺄﻛﻳﺩ.
۲۰ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ﺍﺳﺗﺑﺩﺍﻝ ﻣﺭﺷﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ""INTENZA+ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻻﺳﺗﺑﺩﺍﻝ ﻣﺭﺷﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء " "INTENZA+ﺑﻣﺭﺷﺢ ﺟﺩﻳﺩ ،ﺳﻳُﻌﺭﺽ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺯ. ﺃﺻﻔﺭ ۱ﺍﺳﺗﺑﺩﻝ ﻣﺭﺷﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء " "INTENZA+ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺻﻭﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻕ. ﺃﺻﻔﺭ ۲ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ " ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺯ. " ﻭﺗﻧﻘﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ " ﺃﺻﻔﺭ ۳ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ "ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺿﺑﻁ" .ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ " ﺃﺧﺿﺭ ٤ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ " " ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﻅﻬﺭ " ﻟﻠﺗﺄﻛﻳﺩ. ً " ﻟﻠﺧﺭﻭﺝ .ﻳﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺟﺎﻫﺯﺍ ﻟﻠﻧﻘﻊ.
ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ۲۱ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﻳﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺿﺑﻁ ﻣﻌﻳﻧﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺗﻣﻛﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺗﺣﺳﻳﻥ ﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ ﻭﻣﺫﺍﻗﻬﺎ. ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﻗﻠﻡ ﻣﻥ Saeco ُﺗﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ ﻣﻧﺗﺟً ﺎ ﻁﺑﻳﻌﻳًﺎ ﻭﻗﺩ ﺗﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﺧﺻﺎﺋﺻﻬﺎ ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻣﺻﺩﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﻣﺯﺟﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺣﻣﻳﺻﻬﺎ .ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺯﻭ ًﺩﺍ ﺑﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺫﺍﺗﻲ ﻳﺳﻣﺢ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺣﺑﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻓﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺳﻭﻕ ،ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺛﻧﺎء ﺣﺑﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﺭﺍﻣﻳﻝ ﻭﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻛﻬﺎﺕ. ﻳﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻧﻔﺳﻪ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻧﻘﻊ ﻋﺩ ًﺩﺍ ﻣﻌﻳ ًﻧﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻛﻭﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ ﻟﺗﺣﺳﻳﻥ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﻼﺹ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ.
۲۲ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ۲ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻁﺣﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻠﻘﻬﻭﺓ ،ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺑﺽ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﻓﺗﺣﺔ ﻗﺎﺩﻭﺱ ﺣﺑﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ ﻭﺃﺩﺭﻩ ﻣﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ .ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺿﺑﻁ ﻣﻁﺣﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻓﺭ. ﻭﺳﺗﺳﺗﺷﻌﺭ ﺍﺧﺗﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺫﺍﻕ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻧﻘﻊ ﻛﻭﺑﻳﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻛﻭﺍﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ. ۳ﺗﺷﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻌﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﻗﺎﺩﻭﺱ ﺣﺑﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺣﻥ .ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ٥ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻁﺣﻥ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻼﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺑﻳﻧﻬﺎ ،ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺭﻗﻡ ( ) ۱ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻁﺣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﺷﻥ -ﺍﻟﻣﺫﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﺧﻔﻳﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺭﻗﻡ ( ) ۲ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻁﺣﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻋﻡ -ﺍﻟﻣﺫﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻱ .
ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ۲۳ ﺿﺑﻁ ﻓﻭﻫﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻓﻭﻫﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺗﻼءﻡ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻛﻭﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺭﻏﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺃﻓﺿﻝ. ﺣﺭﻙ ﻓﻭﻫﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻷﺳﻔﻝ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻌﻙ ﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ. ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻫﻲ: ﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻛﻭﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ؛ ﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻛﻭﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ. ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻛﻭﺑﻳﻥ ﺃﺳﻔﻝ ﻓﻭﻫﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﻟﻧﻘﻊ ﻛﻭﺑﻳﻥ ﻣﻥ ﻗﻬﻭﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﺑﺭﺳﻭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺳﺑﺭﺳﻭ ﻟﻭﻧﺞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻧﻔﺳﻪ.
۲٤ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ﺿﺑﻁ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ ﻳﺳﻣﺢ ﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺿﺑﻁ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻧﻘﻌﻪ ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻣﺫﺍﻗﻙ ﻭﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻷﻛﻭﺍﺏ ﻟﺩﻳﻙ. ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ " " ﺃﻭ " " ،ﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻧﻘﻊ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ ﻣﺳﺑ ًﻘﺎ .ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺑﺭﻣﺟﺔ ﻛﻝ ﺯﺭ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻓﺭﺩﻱ ﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻧﻘﻊ ﻣﻌﻳﻥ. ﻳﺻﻑ ﺍﻹﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﺑﺭﻣﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ " ". ۱ﺿﻊ ﻛﻭﺑًﺎ ﺗﺣﺕ ﻓﻭﻫﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺭﻳﻑ. ﺃﺧﺿﺭ ۲ﺍﺳﺗﻣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ " " ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺯ " "MEMOﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﺑﺭﻣﺟﺔ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺇﺳﺑﺭﺳﻭ ،ﺃﻭ ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻹﺟﺭﺍء ﻧﻔﺳﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ " " ﻟﺑﺭﻣﺟﺔ ﺇﺳﺑﺭﺳﻭ ﻟﻭﻧﺞ .
ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ۲٥ ﻧﻘﻊ ﺍﻹﺳﺑﺭﺳﻭ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺑﺭﺳﻭ ﻟﻭﻧﺞ ﻗﺑﻝ ﻧﻘﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ ،ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺗﺣﺫﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﺭﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ،ﻭﺃﻥ ﺧﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﻭﻗﺎﺩﻭﺱ ﺣﺑﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ ﻣﻣﺗﻠﺋﺎﻥ. ﻧﻘﻊ ﺍﻹﺳﺑﺭﺳﻭ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺑﺭﺳﻭ ﻟﻭﻧﺞ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺣﺑﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ ۱ﺿﻊ ﻛﻭﺑًﺎ ﻭﺍﺣ ًﺩﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺛﻧﻳﻥ ﺗﺣﺕ ﻓﻭﻫﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ. ۲ﻟﻧﻘﻊ ﻛﻭﺑًﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﺑﺭﺳﻭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺳﺑﺭﺳﻭ ﻟﻭﻧﺞ ،ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ " ﺃﺧﺿﺭ ۳ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ " " ﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻹﺳﺑﺭﺳﻭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ " " ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﻛﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ. " ﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻹﺳﺑﺭﺳﻭ ﻟﻭﻧﺞ.
۲٦ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ﻧﻘﻊ ﺍﻹﺳﺑﺭﺳﻭ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺑﺭﺳﻭ ﻟﻭﻧﺞ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻭﻧﺔ ﻣﺳﺑ ًﻘﺎ ﺗﺗﻳﺢ ﻟﻙ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻭﻧﺔ ﻣﺳﺑ ًﻘﺎ. ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻭﻧﺔ ﻣﺳﺑ ًﻘﺎ ،ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻧﻘﻊ ﻛﻭﺏ ﻗﻬﻭﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ. ﺃﺧﺿﺭ ۱ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ " " ﻣﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺭﺓ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻭﻧﺔ ﻣﺳﺑ ًﻘﺎ. ۲ﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻭﻧﺔ ﻣﺳﺑ ًﻘﺎ ﻭﺃﺿﻑ ﻣﻐﺭﻓﺔ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻭﻧﺔ ﻣﺳﺑ ًﻘﺎ. ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺳﻭﻯ ﻣﻐﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ .
ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ۲۷ ﺗﺻﺭﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺑﺧﺎﺭ /ﻧﻘﻊ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﺗﺷﻳﻧﻭ ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ: ﺧﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻠﺣﺭﻕ! ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺳﺑﻕ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺭﻳﻑ ﺩﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺧﻧﺔ .ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺻﻝ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺧﻔﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻠﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻛﻼﺳﻳﻛﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﺭﺗﻔﻌﺔ .ﻻ ﺗﻠﻣﺳﻬﺎ ﺃﺑﺩًﺍ ﺑﺄﻳﺩ ﻣﻛﺷﻭﻓﺔ .ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺳﻭﻯ ﻣﻘﺑﺽ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﻓﻘﻁ. ۱ﺍﻣﻸ ۱/۳ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺣﻠﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺭﺩ. ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ: ﻋﻧﺩ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﺗﺷﻳﻧﻭ ،ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻟﺑ ًﻧﺎ ﺑﺎﺭ ًﺩﺍ )~ ٥ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺋﻭﻳﺔ ٤۱ /ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻓﻬﺭﻧﻬﺎﻳﺕ( ﻳﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺣﺗﻭﻯ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻭﺗﻳﻥ ﻳﺑﻠﻎ ٪۳ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻝ ﻟﺿﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ ﻣﺛﺎﻟﻳﺔ .
۲۸ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ: ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ " ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ. " ،ﺳﻳﺳﺗﻐﺭﻕ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﺑﺿﻊ ﺛﻭﺍﻥ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﺗﺻﺭﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺑﺧﺎﺭ ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ: ﺑﻌﺩ ﺧﻔﻕ ﺍﻟﺣﻠﻳﺏ ،ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺻﺭﻳﻑ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺧﻥ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ .ﺃﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﺧﻔﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻠﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻛﻼﺳﻳﻛﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻏﺳﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺗﺭ. ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ: ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻧﻘﻊ ﺍﻹﺳﺑﺭﺳﻭ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺻﺭﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺧﻥ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﺻﺭﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺑﺧﺎﺭ. ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺧﻥ ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ: ﺧﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻠﺣﺭﻕ! ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺳﺑﻕ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺭﻳﻑ ﺩﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺧﻧﺔ .
ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ۲۹ ﺃﺧﺿﺭ ۳ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺯ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺧﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺑﻕ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺗﻁﻠﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ. ﺃﺧﺿﺭ ٤ﺍﺳﻛﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺧﻧﺔ .ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺻﺭﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺧﻧﺔ ،ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ " " ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻳﻭﻣﻲ ﻟﻠﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ: ﻳُﻌﺩ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺻﻳﺎﻧﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﺃﻣﺭً ﺍ ﻫﺎﻣًﺎ ﺟﺩًﺍ ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﺯﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻋﻣﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ .ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻛﻠﺱ! ﺍﻷﻧﺷﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺗﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻭﺻﻭﻓﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻔﺻﻳﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ .
۳۰ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ۲ﺃﺯﻝ ﺩﺭﺝ ﻁﺣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ ﻭﺃﻓﺭﻏﻪ. ۳ﺃﻓﺭﻍ ﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻘﻳﻁ ﻭﻧﻅﻔﻬﺎ. ۱ ٤ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺩﺭﺝ ﻁﺣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻘﻳﻁ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻘﻳﻁ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ. 2 ۲ ۳ 3 ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ: ﺃﻓﺭﻍ ﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻘﻳﻁ ﻭﺍﻏﺳﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﺭﺗﻔﻊ ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻘﻳﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﺗﻠﺊ. ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ: ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﺇﻻ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻓﺻﻠﻪ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎء.
ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ۳۱ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻳﻭﻣﻲ ﻟﺧﻔﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻠﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻛﻼﺳﻳﻛﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺿﺭﻭﺭﻱ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﺧﻔﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻠﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻛﻼﺳﻳﻛﻳﺔ ﻳﻭﻣﻳًﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻛﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﺣﺎﻓﻅ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻅﺎﻓﺗﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﺿﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻧﺎﺳﻕ ﻣﺛﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﺧﻔﻕ ﺍﻟﺣﻠﻳﺏ. ﺑﻌﺩ ﺧﻔﻕ ﺍﻟﺣﻠﻳﺏ ،ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺻﺭﻳﻑ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺧﻥ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ. ﺃﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﺧﻔﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻠﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻛﻼﺳﻳﻛﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻏﺳﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺗﺭ. ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﺍﻷﺳﺑﻭﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﺟﻬﺎﺯ ۱ﻧﻅﻑ ﻣﻭﺿﻊ ﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻘﻳﻁ.
۳۲ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ۲ﺃﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻱ ﻟﺧﻔﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻠﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻛﻼﺳﻳﻛﻳﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻋﻣﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺧﻥ /ﺍﻟﺑﺧﺎﺭ. ۳ﺍﻏﺳﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻱ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻔﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻠﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻛﻼﺳﻳﻛﻳﺔ ﺑﻣﺎء ﻋﺫﺏ. ٤ﻧﻅﻑ ﻋﻣﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺧﻥ/ﺍﻟﺑﺧﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺧﻔﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻠﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻛﻼﺳﻳﻛﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻗﻁﻌﺔ ﻗﻣﺎﺵ ﻣﺑﻠﻠﺔ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺣﻠﻳﺏ. ٥ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻱ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻣﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺧﻥ/ﺍﻟﺑﺧﺎﺭ )ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺑﻪ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻝ(. ٦ﺃﻋﺩ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﺧﻔﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻠﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻛﻼﺳﻳﻛﻳﺔ. ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﺍﻷﺳﺑﻭﻋﻲ ﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻊ ﻧﻅﻑ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻊ ﻣﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻝ ﻛﻝ ﺃﺳﺑﻭﻉ.
ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ۳۳ ۳ﺍﻓﺗﺢ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ. ٤ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻊ ،ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ " "PUSHﻭﺍﺳﺣﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺑﺽ .ﻭﺍﺳﺣﺑﻪ ﻟﻠﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭﻩ. ٥ﻧﻅﻑ ﻣﺧﺭﺝ ﻗﻧﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻘﺑﺽ ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ .ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ. ٦ﺃﺯﻝ ﺩﺭﺝ ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ ﻭﺍﻏﺳﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ.
۳٤ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ۷ﺍﻏﺳﻝ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ ﺑﻣﺎء ﻋﺫﺏ ﻭﻧﻅﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺷﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻱ ﺑﺣﺫﺭ. ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ: ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﻧﻅ ًﻔﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺻﺎﺑﻭ ًﻧﺎ ﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻊ. ۸ﺍﺗﺭﻙ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻊ ﺗﺟﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍء. ۹ﻧﻅﻑ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻗﻁﻌﺔ ﻗﻣﺎﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻣﺔ ﻭﻣﺑﻠﻠﺔ. ۱۰ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ؛ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺗﻁﺎﺑﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺗﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻌﻳﺗﺎﻥ .ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﺗﺗﻁﺎﺑﻕ ،ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺻﻭﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ﺭﻗﻡ .
ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ۳٥ ۱۳ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺛﺑﺕ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺢ .ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺯﺍﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺳﻔﻠﻲ ،ﺍﺩﻓﻌﻪ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺗﻪ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎﻧﻪ. ۱٤ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺩﺭﺝ ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻭﺟﻭﺩﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺢ. ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ: ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺩﺭﺝ ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ ،ﻓﻠﻥ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ. ۱٥ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻊ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺗﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ".
۳٦ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺯﻳﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﻬﺭﻱ ﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻊ ﻳﺗﻌﻳﻥ ﻋﻠﻳﻙ ﺗﺯﻳﻳﺕ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻊ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺭﺏ ﻣﻥ ٥۰۰ﻛﻭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﺷﻬﺭﻳًﺎ. ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺷﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﺷﺣﻡ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻟﺗﺯﻳﻳﺕ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻊ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻝ .ﻟﻣﺯﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ،ﻳُﺭﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺟﻭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﻣﻧﺗﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ. ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ: ﻗﺑﻝ ﺗﺯﻳﻳﺕ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻊ ،ﻧﻅﻔﻬﺎ ﺑﻣﺎء ﻋﺫﺏ ﻭﺍﺗﺭﻛﻬﺎ ﺗﺟﻑ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺻﻭﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ "ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﺍﻷﺳﺑﻭﻋﻲ ﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻊ". ۱ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺷﺣﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺳﺎﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻧﺻﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺟﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺑﻳﻥ. ۲ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺯﻳﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ.
ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ۳۷ ۳ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺗﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎﻧﻬﺎ )ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ "ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﺍﻷﺳﺑﻭﻋﻲ ﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻊ"(. ٤ﺃﻏﻠﻕ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻘﻳﻁ ﻭﺩﺭﺝ ﻁﺣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ. ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺷﻬﺭﻱ ﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻊ "ﻣﺯﻳﻝ ﺯﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ" ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﺍﻷﺳﺑﻭﻋﻲ ،ﻧﻭﺻﻲ ﺑﺈﺟﺭﺍء ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ "ﻣﺯﻳﻝ ﺯﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ" ﺑﻌﺩ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺭﺏ ﻣﻥ ٥۰۰ﻛﻭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﺷﻬﺭﻳًﺎُ .ﺗﻛﻣﻝ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻊ. ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺷﺭﺍء "ﻣﺯﻳﻝ ﺯﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ" ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻝ .
۳۸ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ۳ﺿﻊ ﻗﺭﺹ "ﻣﺯﻳﻝ ﺯﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ" ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻭﻧﺔ ﻣﺳﺑ ًﻘﺎ. ﺃﺧﺿﺭ ٤ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ " ﺍﻟﻁﺣﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ. " ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓﻣﻁﺣﻭﻧﺔ ﻣﺳﺑ ًﻘﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻱ ﻗﻬﻭﺓ ﻣﺳﺑﻘﺔ ٥ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ " " ﻟﺑﺩء ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻧﻘﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ. ٦ﺍﻧﺗﻅﺭ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺧﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻧﺻﻑ ﻛﻭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء. ۷ﺣﻭﻝ ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ "."0 ۸ﺍﺗﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻠﻭﻝ ﻳﺗﻔﺎﻋﻝ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ۱٥ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ .ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺧﻠﺹ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺻﺭﻳﻔﻬﺎ. ۹ﺣﻭﻝ ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ " .
ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ۳۹ ۱۱ﻗﻡ ﺑﻐﺳﻝ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻊ ﺑﻣﺎء ﻧﻘﻲ. ۱۲ﺑﻌﺩ ﺷﻁﻑ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻊ ،ﺃﻋﺩ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺻﺹ ﻟﻬﺎ )ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ "ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﺍﻷﺳﺑﻭﻋﻲ ﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺏ" (.ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻘﻳﻁ ﻭﺩﺭﺝ ﻣﺳﺣﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ .ﺃﻏﻠﻕ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ. ﺃﺧﺿﺭ ۱۳ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ " ﺍﻟﻁﺣﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ. " ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻭﻧﺔ ﻣﺳﺑ ًﻘﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻱ ﻗﻬﻭﺓ ﻣﺳﺑﻘﺔ ۱٤ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ " " ﻟﺑﺩء ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻧﻘﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ. ۱٥ﻛﺭﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ۱۳ﺇﻟﻰ ۱٤ﻣﺭﺗﻳﻥ .ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺭﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺋﺩ.
٤۰ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺳﻳﺑﺎﺕ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺭﻣﺯ ") "CALC CLEANﺍﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺳﻳﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﻠﺳﻳﺔ( ،ﻓﻬﺫﺍ ﻳﻌﻧﻲ ﺃﻧﻙ ﺑﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺳﻳﺑﺎﺕ. ﺃﺻﻔﺭ ﺗﺳﺗﻐﺭﻕ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺳﻳﺑﺎﺕ ﺣﻭﺍﻟﻲ ۳۰ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ. ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ: ﺳﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺗﺧﻠﻑ ﻋﻥ ﻓﻌﻝ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ .ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ،ﻟﻥ ﻳﻐﻁﻲ ﺍﻟﺿﻣﺎﻥ ﺇﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ. ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ: ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺇﻻ ﻣﺣﻠﻭﻝ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺳﻳﺑﺎﺕ .Saecoﺗﻡ ﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺑﺗﻪ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﺗﺿﻣﻥ ﺃﻓﺿﻝ ﺃﺩﺍء ﻟﻠﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ .ﻗﺩ ﻳﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﺗﻠ ًﻔﺎ ﻟﻠﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﻭﻳﺗﺭﻙ ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء.
ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ٤۱ ۲ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺧﻔﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻠﻳﺏ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺻﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺧﻥ /ﺍﻟﺑﺧﺎﺭ. ﺃﺻﻔﺭ ۳ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ " " ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺗﻛﺭﺭ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺫﻟﻙ. ﺃﺻﻔﺭ ٤ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ " " ﻟﺑﺩء ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺳﻳﺑﺎﺕ. ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ: ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ " " ﺑﺎﻟﺧﻁﺄ ،ﻓﺎﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ " " ﻟﻠﺧﺭﻭﺝ. ٥ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻣﺭﺷﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ") "INTENZA+ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻭﺟﻭ ًﺩﺍ( ﻣﻥ ﺧﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻛﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺷﺢ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻐﻳﺭ. CALC CLEAN ٦ﺻﺏ ﻛﻝ ﻣﺣﻠﻭﻝ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺳﻳﺑﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء .
٤۲ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ﻣﺭﺣﻠﺔ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺳﻳﺑﺎﺕ ۹ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ " " ﻟﺑﺩء ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺳﻳﺑﺎﺕ. ﺃﺻﻔﺭ ﺃﺻﻔﺭ ۱۰ﺳﺗﺑﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﺑﺻﺭﻑ ﻣﺣﻠﻭﻝ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺳﻳﺑﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺗﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻧﺗﻅﻣﺔ .ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺗﻘﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺓ .ﺗﺳﺗﻐﺭﻕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺣﻭﺍﻟﻲ ۲۰ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ. ﺃﺻﻔﺭ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ: ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺳﻳﺑﺎﺕ ﻣﺅﻗ ًﺗﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ " " .ﻻﺳﺗﺋﻧﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ، ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ " " .ﺳﻳﺗﻳﺢ ﻟﻙ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺗﻔﺭﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﺃﻭ ﺗﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﻗﺻﻳﺭﺓ.
ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ٤۳ ﻣﺭﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﻁﻑ ﺃﺻﻔﺭ ۱٥ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ " " ﻟﺑﺩء ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺷﻁﻑ. ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ: ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺷﻁﻑ ﻣﺅﻗ ًﺗﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ " " .ﻻﺳﺗﺋﻧﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ،ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ " " .ﺳﻳﺗﻳﺢ ﻟﻙ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺗﻔﺭﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﺃﻭ ﺗﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﻗﺻﻳﺭﺓ. ﺃﺧﺿﺭ ۱٦ﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﺻﺭﻳﻑ ﻛﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ ﻟﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺷﻁﻑ ﺗﻣﺎﻣًﺎ ،ﺳﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺯ .ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ " ﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺳﻳﺑﺎﺕ.
٤٤ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ۲۰ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻣﺭﺷﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ ﺍﻟﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻛﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺭﺷﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ") "INTENZA+ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻭﺟﻭ ًﺩﺍ( ﻓﻲ ﺧﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء .ﺍﺷﻁﻔﻪ ﻭﺍﻣﻸﻩ ﺑﻣﺎء ﻧﻘﻲ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺻﻝ ﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ) MAXﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ(. ﺃﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﺯﺍﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ. ۲۱ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺳﻳﺑﺎﺕ ،ﻗﻡ ﺑﻐﺳﻝ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻊ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﺣﺩﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺻﻝ "ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﺍﻷﺳﺑﻭﻋﻲ ﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻊ". ۲۲ﺃﻋﺩ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺧﻔﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻠﻳﺏ. ﺃﺧﺿﺭ ۲۳ﺃﺻﺑﺣﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﺟﺎﻫﺯﺓ ﻟﻧﻘﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ.
ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ٤٥ ﻣﻘﺎﻁﻌﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺳﻳﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺑﺩء ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺳﻳﺑﺎﺕ ،ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻛﺗﻣﻝ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺗﻬﺎ؛ ﻳﺣﻅﺭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﺗﺻﻔﻬﺎ. ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ،ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﺧﺭﻭﺝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ /ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ. ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺫﻟﻙ ،ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻧﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺻﻝ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎء ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻋﺭﺿﻲ، ﺃﻓﺭﻍ ﺧﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﻭﺍﺷﻁﻔﻪ ﺑﺣﺭﺹ ،ﺛﻡ ﺍﻣﻸﻩ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺻﻝ ﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ") "CALC CLEANﺍﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺳﻳﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﻠﺳﻳﺔ(.
٤٦ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻣﺟﺔ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﻋﺑﺭ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻣﺟﺔ. ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺃﺻﻔﺭ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ ﺗﺗﻳﺢ ﻟﻙ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﻧﻘﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ. ﺃﺻﻔﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺅ ّﻗﺕ )ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻌﺩﺍﺩ( ﺗﺗﻳﺢ ﻟﻙ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺳﺗﻐﺭﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻌﺩﺍﺩ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺁﺧﺭ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﻧﻘﻊ. ﺃﺻﻔﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺎﻳﻥ ﺗﺗﻳﺢ ﻟﻙ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺗﺑﺎﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺃﻓﺿﻝ. ﺃﺻﻔﺭ ﻋُﺳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﺗﺗﻳﺢ ﻟﻙ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻋُﺳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﻳﺵ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ.
ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ٤۷ ﺃﺻﻔﺭ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻊ ﺗﺗﻳﺢ ﻟﻙ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺩﺓ ﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻊ. ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺑﺭﻣﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﻳﻭﺿﺢ ﻟﻙ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺑﺭﻣﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﻗﺕ .ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﺑﺭﻣﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ. ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻣﺟﺔ ﺇﻻ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﻭﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﺫﻟﻙ. ﺃﺧﺿﺭ ۱ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ " " ﻟﻠﺩﺧﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻣﺟﺔ. ۲ﺳﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ. ﺃﺻﻔﺭ ۳ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ " " ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺗﻛﺭﺭ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﻗﺕ.
٤۸ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ٤ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ " " ﻭﺯﺭ " " ﻟﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺧﻔﻳﺿﻬﺎ. ﺃﺻﻔﺭ ٥ﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ،ﺳﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ "ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻕ" .ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ " ٦ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ " " ﻟﺗﺄﻛﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ. " ﻟﻠﺧﺭﻭﺝ ﻣﻥ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻣﺟﺔ. ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ: ﺗﺧﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﻣﻥ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻣﺟﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺯﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻏﺿﻭﻥ ۳ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻕ .ﻟﻥ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﺄﻛﻳﺩﻫﺎ.
ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ٤۹ ﻣﻌﻧﻰ ﺭﻣﻭﺯ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﻣﺯﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺷﻔﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻠﻭﻧﺔ ﻟﺗﺳﻬﻳﻝ ﻓﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ. ﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺃﻟﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﻭﺯ ﺣﺳﺏ ﻣﺑﺩﺃ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻭﺭ. ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻌﺩﺍﺩ )ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﺿﺭ( ﺃﺻﺑﺣﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﺟﺎﻫﺯﺓ ﻟﻧﻘﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺭﻭﺑﺎﺕ. ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﻟﻧﻘﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺭﻭﺑﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺻﺭﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺧﻥ. ﺃﺻﺑﺣﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﺟﺎﻫﺯﺓ ﻟﻧﻘﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺣﻥ. ﺗﺻﺭﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﺗﺻﺭﻳﻑ ﺑﺧﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﺗﻌﺩ ﻛﻭﺑًﺎ ﻭﺍﺣ ًﺩﺍ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﺑﺭﺳﻭ. ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﺗﻌﺩ ﻛﻭﺑًﺎ ﻭﺍﺣ ًﺩﺍ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﺑﺭﺳﻭ ﻟﻭﻧﺞ. ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﺗﻌﺩ ﻛﻭﺑﻳﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﺑﺭﺳﻭ.
٥۰ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻌﺩﺍﺩ )ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﺿﺭ( ﺗﺑﺭﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻹﺳﺑﺭﺳﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻧﻘﻌﻪ. ﺗﺑﺭﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻹﺳﺑﺭﺳﻭ ﻟﻭﻧﺞ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻧﻘﻌﻪ. ﺟﺎﺭ ﻧﻘﻊ ﺍﻹﺳﺑﺭﺳﻭ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺣﻥ. ٍ ﺟﺎﺭ ﻧﻘﻊ ﺍﻹﺳﺑﺭﺳﻭ ﻟﻭﻧﺞ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺣﻥ.
ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ٥۱ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ )ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺻﻔﺭ( ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ. ﺗﺟﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺷﻁﻑ .ﺍﻧﺗﻅﺭ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﻧﺗﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺓ. ﺗﺣﺗﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﺍﺳﺗﺑﺩﺍﻝ ﻣﺭﺷﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء "."INTENZA+ ﺗﻣﺕ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺑﻁ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻊ ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ. ﺍﻣﻸ ﻗﻣﻊ ﺣﺑﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ ﺑﺣﺑﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ ﻭﺃﻋﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺓ. ﻟ ّﻘﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺓ. ﻳﺟﺏ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺳﻳﺑﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ .ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ " " ﻟﺑﺩء ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺳﻳﺑﺎﺕ .
٥۲ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ )ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﻣﺭ( ﺃﺩﺧﻝ ﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻘﻳﻁ ﻭﺩﺭﺝ ﻣﺳﺣﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﻭﺃﻏﻠﻕ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ. ﺍﻣﻸ ﻗﻣﻊ ﺣﺑﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ. ﻳﺟﺏ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻊ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ. ﺃﻓﺭﻍ ﺩﺭﺝ ﻣﺳﺣﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ .ﺍﻧﺗﻅﺭ ٥ﺛﻭﺍﻥ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻪ. ﺍﻣﻸ ﺧﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ. Exx ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﻣُﻌﻁﻠﺔ .ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﺭﻣﺯ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﻛﻥ ﺍﻷﻳﺳﺭ ﺃﺳﻔﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ .ﺃﻭﻗﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ .ﺃﻋﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﺑﻌﺩ ۳۰ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ .ﺟﺭﺏ ﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻣﺭﺗﻳﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ .
ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ٥۳ ﺍﺳﺗﻛﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﻋﻁﺎﻝ ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ ﻳﻠﺧﺹ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﻛﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﻛﺛﺭ ﺷﻳﻭﻋًﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺻﺎﺩﻓﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ. ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﺗﺗﻣﻛﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺣﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﻛﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﺭﺓ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ،ﻓﺗﻔﺿﻝ ﺑﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ www.philips.com/support ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﺋﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺧﻁ Philipsﺍﻟﺳﺎﺧﻥ. ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺛﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﺿﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻼً ﺃﻭ ﻋﺑﺭ .www.philips.
٥٤ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ﻣﺷﻛﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻠﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺑﺎﺏ ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ. ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺗﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎء ،ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ") "Oﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ(. ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺿﻳﺣﻲ. ﺗﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ " ﻷﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ۸ﺛﻭﺍﻥ. ﺗﻣﺗﻠﺊ ﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻘﻳﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﺗﻡ ﺗﺻﺭﻳﻔﻪ. ﺃﺣﻳﺎ ًﻧﺎ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺻﺭﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻘﻳﻁ ﻟﻠﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺑﺷﻁﻑ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺋﺭ ﻭﺿﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺩﺍء ﺍﻷﻣﺛﻝ ﻟﻠﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ. ﻫﺫﺍ ﺳﻠﻭﻙ ﻁﺑﻳﻌﻲ ﻟﻠﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ.
ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ٥٥ ﻣﺷﻛﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﻠﻭﻝ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻧﻘﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻧﻘﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﺑﻁء ﺃﻭ ﻻ ﻳﻧﺯﻝ ﺳﻭﻯ ﺑﺿﻊ ﻗﻁﺭﺍﺕ )ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻭﻅﺔ(. ﻁﺣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ ﻧﺎﻋﻡ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ. ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻣﺯﺝ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺣﻥ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿّﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺻﻝ "ﺿﺑﻁ ﻣﻁﺣﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﺯﻓﻳﺔ". ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺗﺳﺎﻭﻳﺔ. ﻟ ّﻘﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ )ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻓﺻﻝ "ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ"(. ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻊ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻧﻅﻳﻔﺔ. ّ ﻧﻅﻑ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻊ )ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻓﺻﻝ "ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﺍﻷﺳﺑﻭﻋﻲ ﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻊ"(. ﺻﻧﺑﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺭﻳﻑ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻧﻅﻳﻑ.
٥٦ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻌﺩﺍﺩ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﺑﺭﺳﻭ ﺍﻷﺗﻭﻣﺎﺗﻳﻛﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺋﻌﺔ ﻣﻥ Philipsﻟﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎء ،ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﺩﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻣﻠﺻﻕ ﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺋﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ .Class A ﺑﻌﺩ ۱٥ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ،ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ )ﻣﺎ ﻟﻡ ﺗﻛﻥ ﻗﺩ ﺑﺭﻣﺟﺕ ﺗﻭﻗﻳﺕ ﺍﺳﺗﻌﺩﺍﺩ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻑ( .ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﻧﻘﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ،ﻓﺳﺗﺟﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺷﻁﻑ. ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻌﺩﺍﺩ ،ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ۱ﻭﺍﻁ/ﺳﺎﻋﺔ. ﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ،ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ " " )ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺧﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ " .
ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ٥۷ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻊ ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺭﻭﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺭﻭﺑﺎﺕ ﻛﻣﻳﺔ ﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻧﻛﻬﺔ ﻗﻭﻳﺔ ﻗﺎﺑﻝ ﻟﻠﺿﺑﻁ: ٤۰ﻣﻝ ۳ ۲۰ﻣﻝ ۱٤۰ -ﻣﻝ ۱۲۰ﻣﻝ ۳ ۲۰ﻣﻝ ۱٤۰ -ﻣﻝ ﺇﺳﺑﺭﺳﻭ ﺇﺳﺑﺭﺳﻭ ﻟﻭﻧﺞ ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ :ﻗﺩ ﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ. ﺍﻟﺿﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺿﻣﺎﻥ ﻟﻣﺯﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻪ ،ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﻛﺗﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺿﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻼً. ﺍﻟﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﻧﺭﻏﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺿﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺿﺎﺋﻙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ. ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﺗﻛﻥ ﻗﺩ ﻓﻌﻠﺕ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺑﻌﺩ ،ﻳُﺭﺟﻰ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺷﺭﺍﺋﻙ ﻫﻧﺎ .www.philips.
٥۸ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ﻁﻠﺏ ﻣﻧﺗﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﻷﻏﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﻭﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺳﻳﺑﺎﺕ ،ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺳﻭﻯ ﻣﻧﺗﺟﺎﺕ ﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ .Philipsﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺷﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺳﻭﻕ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﻟﺩﻯ Philipsﻫﻧﺎ ،www.shop.philips.com/serviceﺃﻭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻠﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺭﺍﻛﺯ ﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺗﻣﺩﺓ. ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﻭﺍﺟﻪ ﺻﻌﻭﺑﺎﺕ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻧﺗﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺎﻛﻳﻧﺔ ،ﻓﺗﻔﺿﻝ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺧﻁ Philipsﺍﻟﺳﺎﺧﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻠﺩﻙ. ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺛﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﺿﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻼً ﺃﻭ ﻋﺑﺭ .www.philips.
ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ٥۹ - ﻣﺯﻳﻝ ﺯﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ CA6704 - ﻁﺎﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ CA6706
del 30-04-15 ۰۲ Rev.00 ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺑﻳﺔ ۰۲ ﻳﺣﺗﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻊ ﺑﺣﻕ ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻼﺕ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺳﺎﺑﻕ ﺗﻧﺑﻳﻪ. www.philips.
ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﺳﭘﺭﺳﻭ ﺳﺎﺯ ﺳﻭﭘﺭ ﺍﺗﻭﻣﺎﺗﻳﮏ ﺳﺭی ۳۱۰۰ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﻳﻥ ﺭﺍﻫﻧﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺕ ﻣﻁﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ. ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ۰۲ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺛﺑﺕ ﻣﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﺧﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺕ ﭘﺷﺗﻳﺑﺎﻧﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﺯﻳﺭ ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ www.philips.
ﺍﻗﺩﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻣﻧﯽ ﻣﻬﻡ ﻫﻧﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎی ﺑﺭﻗﯽ ،ﻫﻣﻳﺷﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺩ ﺍﻗﺩﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻭﻟﻳﻪ ﺍﻳﻣﻧﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺕ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻣﻠﻪ ﻣﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺭ: .۱ﻫﻣﻪ ﺩﺳﺗﻭﺭﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻁﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ. .۲ﺑﻪ ﺳﻁﻭﺡ ﺩﺍﻍ ﺩﺳﺕ ﻧﺯﻧﻳﺩ .ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺗﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﻳﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ. .۳ﺑﺭﺍی ﻣﺣﺎﻓﻅﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺭﺍﺑﺭ ﺁﺗﺵ ﺳﻭﺯی ،ﺑﺭﻕ ﮔﺭﻓﺗﮕﯽ ﻭ ﺁﺳﻳﺏ ﺷﺧﺻﯽ ،ﺳﻳﻡ ،ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺁﺏ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺭ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻓﺭﻭ ﻧﮑﻧﻳﺩ. .۴ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺯﺩﻳﮑﯽ ﮐﻭﺩﮐﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺩ ﻧﻅﺎﺭﺕ ﮐﺎﻣﻝ ﻭ ﺩﻗﻳﻘﯽ ﺩﺍﺷﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻳﺩ. .
ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁ ﺍﻳﻥ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺑﺭﺍی ﻣﺻﺎﺭﻑ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﯽ ﺍﺳﺕ .ﻫﺭ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺳﺭﻭﻳﺳﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺯ ﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺩﺍﺭی ﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺭ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺭﮐﺯ ﺳﺭﻭﻳﺱ ﻣﺟﺎﺯ ﺍﻧﺟﺎﻡ ﺷﻭﺩ .ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻓﺭﻭ ﻧﮑﻧﻳﺩ .ﺑﺭﺍی ﮐﺎﻫﺵ ﺧﻁﺭ ﺁﺗﺵ ﺳﻭﺯی ﻳﺎ ﺑﺭﻕ ﮔﺭﻓﺗﮕﯽ ،ﻗﻁﻌﺎﺕ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻡ ﺟﺩﺍ ﻧﮑﻧﻳﺩ .ﻫﻳﭻ ﮐﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻁﻌﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﯽ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺭ ﻗﺎﺑﻝ ﺳﺭﻭﻳﺱ ﻧﻳﺳﺕ .ﺗﻌﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺑﺎﻳﺩ ﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﭘﺭﺳﻧﻝ ﺳﺭﻭﻳﺱ ﻣﺟﺎﺯ ﺍﻧﺟﺎﻡ ﺷﻭﺩ. .۱ﻭﻟﺗﺎژ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺭﺭﺳﯽ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻁﻣﺋﻥ ﺷﻭﻳﺩ ﻭﻟﺗﺎژ ﻧﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺑﺭ ﺭﻭی ﺑﺭﭼﺳﺏ ﺑﺎ ﻭﻟﺗﺎژ ﺷﻣﺎ ﻣﻁﺎﺑﻘﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ. .
۲ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺧﺭﻳﺩ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﺳﭘﺭﺳﻭ ﺳﺎﺯ ﺳﻭﭘﺭ ﺍﺗﻭﻣﺎﺗﻳﮏ ﻓﻳﻠﻳﭘﺱ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻣﺭﺍﻩ ﺷﻳﺭ ﮔﺭﻡ ﮐﻥ ﻭ ﺷﻳﺭ ﮐﻑ ﺳﺎﺯ ﮐﻼﺳﻳﮏ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻣﺎ ﺗﺑﺭﻳﮏ ﻣﯽ ﮔﻭﻳﻳﻡ! ﺑﺭﺍی ﺍﻳﻧﮑﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺯﺍﻳﺎی ﮐﺎﻣﻝ ﭘﺷﺗﻳﺑﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻓﻳﻠﻳﭘﺱ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺩ ﺑﺭﺧﻭﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﺷﻭﻳﺩ ،ﻣﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﺧﻭﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻥ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﺛﺑﺕ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ .www.philips.com/welcome ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺗﻬﻳﻪ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺍﺳﭘﺭﺳﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﺎی ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﮐﺎﻣﻝ ﻭ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺧﺭﻭﺝ ﺑﺧﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺍﻍ ﺳﺎﺧﺗﻪ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ .
ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﻋﻁﺭ )ﻏﻠﻅﺕ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ( ۲۲ ...................................................................... ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﻟﻭﻟﻪ ﺧﺭﻭﺟﯽ ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ۲۳ ...................................................................... ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ۲۴ ................................................................................. ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺍﺳﭘﺭﺳﻭ ﻭ ﺍﺳﭘﺭﺳﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻁﻭﻻﻧﯽ ﺗﺭ۲۵ .......................................... ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺍﺳﭘﺭﺳﻭ ﻭ ﺍﺳﭘﺭﺳﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻁﻭﻻﻧﯽ ﺗﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﺎی ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ۲۵ .............
۴ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ﻣﻬﻡ ﺩﺳﺗﻭﺭﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﻫﺎی ﺍﻳﻣﻧﯽ ﺍﻳﻥ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﺟﻬﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻝ ﺍﻳﻣﻧﯽ ﺍﺳﺕ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻥ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ، ﺩﺳﺗﻭﺭﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﻫﺎی ﺍﻳﻣﻧﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻗﺕ ﻣﻁﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﮐﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﻧﺑﺎﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺑﺻﻭﺭﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻥ ﺩﺳﺗﻭﺭﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻭﺿﻳﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺻﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺁﺳﻳﺏ ﻫﺎی ﺗﺻﺎﺩﻓﯽ ﻧﺷﻭﻳﺩ .ﺍﻳﻥ ۳ﺭﺍﻫﻧﻣﺎی ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺭﺍی ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﺩی ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺩ. ﺍﺻﻁﻼﺡ ﻫﺷﺩﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻥ ﻧﻣﺎﺩ ﻫﺷﺩﺍﺭی ﺑﺭﺍی ﺁﺳﻳﺏ ﻫﺎی ﺷﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﺣﺗﻣﺎﻟﯽ ،ﺧﻁﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺯﻧﺩﮔﯽ ﺍﻓﺭﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺳﻳﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ.
ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ • • • • • • • • • • • ۵ ﺍﮔﺭ ﻧﻣﯽ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﻳﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺭﺍی ﻣﺩﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻁﻭﻻﻧﯽﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ؛ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ.ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ ﺑﮑﺷﻳﺩ ،ﺳﻳﻡ ﺑﺭﻕ ﺭﺍ ﻧﮑﺷﻳﺩ. ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺕ ﺧﻳﺱ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺑﺭﻕ ﺩﺳﺕ ﻧﺯﻧﻳﺩ. ﺍﮔﺭ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺑﺭﻕ ،ﺳﻳﻡ ﺑﺭﻕ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻭﺩ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺁﺳﻳﺏ ﺩﻳﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻧﻳﺩ. ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻳﻡ ﺑﺭﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺳﺗﮑﺎﺭی ﻧﮑﻧﻳﺩ .ﺑﺭﺍی ﺟﻠﻭﮔﻳﺭی ﺍﺯ ﻫﺭ ﮔﻭﻧﻪ ﺧﻁﺭی ،ﺗﻌﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺭﮐﺯ ﺳﺭﻭﻳﺱ ﻣﺟﺎﺯ ﻓﻳﻠﻳﭘﺱ ﺍﻧﺟﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ. ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﺑﺎﻳﺩ ﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺑﭼﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺯﻳﺭ ۸ﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻭﺩ.
۶ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁ ﻫﺎ • • • • • • • • • • ﺍﻳﻥ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺑﺭﺍی ﻣﺻﺎﺭﻑ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﯽ ﺍﺳﺕ .ﺍﻳﻥ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺣﻳﻁ ﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﻣﺎﻧﻧﺩ ﻓﺭﻭﺷﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎ، ﺁﺷﭘﺯﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻓﺭﻭﺷﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﺎﺭﮐﻧﺎﻥ ،ﺍﺩﺍﺭﺍﺕ ،ﮐﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺭ ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻫﺎی ﮐﺎﺭی ﺩﺭ ﻧﻅﺭ ﮔﺭﻓﺗﻪ ﻧﺷﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ. ﻫﻣﻳﺷﻪ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﺳﻁﺢ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻭ ﺛﺎﺑﺗﯽ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ. ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﺳﻁﻭﺡ ﺩﺍﻍ ،ﻣﺳﺗﻘﻳﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺭﺍﺑﺭ ﺍﺟﺎﻕ ﺩﺍﻍ، ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎی ﮔﺭﻣﺎﺳﺎﺯ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺭ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎی ﺗﻭﻟﻳﺩ ﮔﺭﻣﺎ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﻧﺩﻫﻳﺩ.
ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ۷ ﻣﻳﺩﺍﻥ ﻫﺎی ﺍﻟﮑﺗﺭﻭﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳﺳﯽ ﺍﻳﻥ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻣﻪ ﻣﻘﺭﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺗﺎﻧﺩﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎی ﻗﺎﺑﻝ ﺍﺟﺭﺍ ﻣﺭﺑﻭﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﮔﺭﻓﺗﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺭﺽ ﻣﻳﺩﺍﻥ ﻫﺎی ﺍﻟﮑﺗﺭﻭﻣﻐﻧﺎﻁﻳﺳﯽ ﻣﻁﺎﺑﻘﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ. ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻧﺩﺍﺧﺗﻥ ﺍﻳﻥ ﻧﻣﺎﺩ ﺑﺭ ﺭﻭی ﻣﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻧﺷﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻥ ﻣﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﺗﺣﺕ ﭘﻭﺷﺵ ﺩﺳﺗﻭﺭﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﺗﺣﺎﺩﻳﻪ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ 2012/19/EU ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﻟﻁﻔﺎ ً ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﻳﺳﺗﻡ ﻣﺟﺯﺍی ﺟﻣﻊ ﺁﻭﺭی ﻣﺣﻠﯽ ﺑﺭﺍی ﻣﺣﺻﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﮑﺗﺭﻳﮑﯽ ﻭ ﺍﻟﮑﺗﺭﻭﻧﻳﮑﯽ ﺍﻁﻼﻋﺎﺗﯽ ﮐﺳﺏ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ .ﻗﻭﺍﻧﻳﻥ ﻣﺣﻠﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺕ ﮐﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﻧﻭﺍﻥ ﺯﺑﺎﻟﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﯽ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻧﻳﻧﺩﺍﺯﻳﺩ .
۸ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ﻧﺻﺏ ﻣﺭﻭﺭی ﺑﺭ ﻣﺣﺻﻭﻝ ۵ ۱ ۲ ۳ ۶ ۷ ۸ ۹ ۱۰ ۱۴ ۳۱ ۱۳ ۱۲ ۴ ۱۱ ۱۵ ۱۸ ۱۶ ۱۷ ۱۹ ۲۰ ۲۱ ۳۰ ۲۴ ۲۵ ۲۶ ۲۷ ۲۸ ۲۹ ۲۳ ۲۲
ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ﺗﻭﺿﻳﺣﺎﺕ ﮐﻠﯽ .۱ﺩﺳﺗﻪ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ .۲ﻗﻳﻑ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﺎی ﻗﻬﻭﻩ .۳ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺧﺭﺩ ﺷﺩﻩ .۴ﻣﺧﺯﻥ ﺁﺏ +ﺩﺭﺏ .۵ﺩﺭﺏ ﻗﻳﻑ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﺎی ﻗﻬﻭﻩ .۶ﭘﺎﻧﻝ ﮐﻧﺗﺭﻝ .۷ﻟﻭﻟﻪ ﺧﺭﻭﺟﯽ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ .۸ﻧﺷﺎﻧﮕﺭ ﭘﺭ ﺑﻭﺩﻥ ﺳﻳﻧﯽ ﭼﮑﻪ .۹ﮔﺭﻳﻝ ﻧﮕﻬﺩﺍﺭﻧﺩﻩ ﻓﻧﺟﺎﻥ .۱۰ﺳﻳﻧﯽ ﭼﮑﻪ .۱۱ﮐﺷﻭی ﺭﺳﻭﺑﺎﺕ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ .۱۲ﺑﺧﺵ ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ .۱۳ﺩﺭ ﺳﺭﻭﻳﺱ .۱۴ﮔﺭﻳﺱ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺑﺧﺵ ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ) -ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭی( .۱۵ﺳﻳﻡ ﺑﺭﻕ .۱۶ﮔﻳﺭﻩ ﻣﺣﺎﻓﻅ ﻟﻭﻟﻪ .۱۷ﺷﻳﺭ ﮔﺭﻡ ﮐﻥ ﻭ ﮐﻑ ﺷﻳﺭﺳﺎﺯ ﮐﻼﺳﻳﮏ )ﺑﺭﺍی ﺁﺏ ﺩﺍﻍ/ﺑﺧﺎﺭ( .
۱۰ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺳﺗﻪ ﺑﻧﺩی ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺳﺗﻪ ﺑﻧﺩی ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﺑﮕﻭﻧﻪ ﺍی ﻁﺭﺍﺣﯽ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺧﺗﻪ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺩﺕ ﺣﻣﻝ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻝ ﻣﺣﺎﻓﻅﺕ ﮐﻧﺩ .ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻪ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻧﻳﻡ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺟﺎﺑﺟﺎﻳﯽ ﺍﺣﺗﻣﺎﻟﯽ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺑﻧﺩﻩ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺑﺳﺗﻪ ﺑﻧﺩی ﺭﺍ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺩ. ﻧﺻﺏ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ۱ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺳﺗﻪ ﺑﻧﺩی ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ. ۲ﺑﺭﺍی ﺭﺳﻳﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺗﺭﻳﻥ ﺣﺎﻟﺕ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ،ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻭﺩ: • ﻳﮏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻳﻣﻥ ﻭ ﺻﺎﻑ ﺍﻧﺗﺧﺎﺏ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻁﺭ ﻭﺍژﮔﻭﻧﯽ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺳﻳﺏ ﺩﻳﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻧﺩﺍﺭﺩ.
ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ۱۱ ۵ﻣﺧﺯﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺷﻳﺭﻳﻥ ﺑﺷﻭﻳﻳﺩ. ۶ﻣﺧﺯﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺷﻳﺭﻳﻥ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻁﺢ MAXﭘﺭ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ .ﺩﻗﺕ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﺎﻣﻼً ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﮔﺭﻓﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ. ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁ: ﻫﺭﮔﺯ ﻣﺧﺯﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﮔﺭﻡ ،ﺩﺍﻍ ،ﮔﺎﺯﺩﺍﺭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺭ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺩﻳﮕﺭی ﭘﺭ ﻧﮑﻧﻳﺩ ،ﭼﻭﻥ ﺍﻳﻧﮑﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺧﺯﻥ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺁﺳﻳﺏ ﻣﯽ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺩ. ۷ﺩﺭﺏ ﻗﻳﻑ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺭﺩﺍﺭﻳﺩ. ۸ﺑﻪ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﯽ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﺎی ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻳﻑ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﺎی ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺑﺭﻳﺯﻳﺩ.
۱۲ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ۱۲ﺩﮐﻣﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ/ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی " "Iﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ .ﺩﮐﻣﻪ " ۱۳ﺩﮐﻣﻪ " " ﭼﺷﻣﮏ ﻣﯽ ﺯﻧﺩ. " ﺭﺍ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ. ﻧﮑﺗﻪ: ﺍﮔﺭ ﺩﮐﻣﻪ " " ﺭﺍ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺑﻳﺷﺗﺭ ﺍﺯ ۸ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺣﺎﻟﺕ ﻧﻣﺎﻳﺷﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻭﺩ .ﺑﺭﺍی ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﺩﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﺕ ﻧﻣﺎﻳﺷﯽ ،ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﮐﻣﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ/ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ. ۱۴ﭘﺎﻧﻝ ﮐﻧﺗﺭﻝ ﻧﺷﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺩ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻭﺩ.
ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ۱۳ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺍﻭﻟﻳﻥ ﻣﺭﺗﺑﻪ ﻫﻧﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺍﻭﻟﻳﻥ ﻣﺭﺗﺑﻪ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺩ ﻣﺭﺍﺣﻝ ﺯﻳﺭ ﺍﻧﺟﺎﻡ ﺷﻭﻧﺩ: (۱ﺑﺎﻳﺩ ﻣﺩﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ. (۲ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻳﮏ ﭼﺭﺧﻪ ﺷﺳﺗﺷﻭ/ﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺧﻭﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻁﻭﺭ ﺧﻭﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺟﺎﻡ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺩ. (۳ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺕ ﺷﻣﺎ ﻫﻡ ﻳﮏ ﭼﺭﺧﻪ ﺷﺳﺗﺷﻭی ﺩﺳﺗﯽ ﺍﻧﺟﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ. ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻣﺩﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻳﻥ ﺭﻭﻧﺩ ،ﺁﺏ ﺷﻳﺭﻳﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺩﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﯽ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺟﺭﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﻳﺎﺑﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﮔﺭﻡ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻭﺩ .ﺍﻳﻥ ﺭﻭﻧﺩ ﭼﻧﺩ ﺩﻗﻳﻘﻪ ﻁﻭﻝ ﻣﯽ ﮐﺷﺩ. ۱ﻅﺭﻓﯽ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺭ ﺷﻳﺭ ﮔﺭﻡ ﮐﻥ ﻭ ﮐﻑ ﺷﻳﺭﺳﺎﺯ ﮐﻼﺳﻳﮏ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ.
۱۴ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ﭼﺭﺧﻪ ﺧﻭﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺷﺳﺗﺷﻭ/ﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺧﻭﺩ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﻧﺩ ﮔﺭﻡ ﺷﺩﻥ ﺗﻣﺎﻡ ﺷﺩ ،ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻁﻭﺭ ﺧﻭﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﭼﺭﺧﻪ ﺷﺳﺗﺷﻭ/ﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻣﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎی ﺩﺍﺧﻠﯽ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺷﻳﺭﻳﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺟﺎﻡ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺩ .ﺍﻳﻧﮑﺎﺭ ﮐﻣﺗﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺩﻗﻳﻘﻪ ﻁﻭﻝ ﻣﯽ ﮐﺷﺩ. ۵ﻅﺭﻓﯽ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺭ ﻟﻭﻟﻪ ﺧﺭﺟﯽ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺁﺏ ﮐﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺭﻳﺯﺩ. ۶ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﭼﺭﺧﻪ ﺷﺳﺗﺷﻭی ﺧﻭﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺟﺎﻡ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺩ .ﺻﺑﺭ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﭼﺭﺧﻪ ﺑﻁﻭﺭ ﺧﻭﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺗﻣﺎﻡ ﺷﻭﺩ. ﺯﺭﺩ ﻧﮑﺗﻪ: ﺑﺎ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﮐﻣﻪ " " ﺭﻭﻧﺩ ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﻣﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻭﺩ.
ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ۱۵ ۲ﺩﻗﺕ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﻳﻥ ﺻﻔﺣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﺩ. ﺳﺑﺯ ﺳﺑﺯ ۳ﺑﺭﺍی ﺍﻧﺗﺧﺎﺏ ﻋﻣﻠﮑﺭﺩ ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺧﺭﺩ ﺷﺩﻩ ،ﺩﮐﻣﻪ " ﺻﻔﺣﻪ ﻧﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻭﺩ. " ﺭﺍ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻥ ﻧﮑﺗﻪ: ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺧﺭﺩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﮑﻧﻳﺩ. ۴ﺩﮐﻣﻪ " " ﺭﺍ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ .ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺷﺭﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻭﻟﻪ ﺧﺭﻭﺟﯽ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻧﺩ. ۵ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﺗﻣﺎﻡ ﺷﺩ ،ﻅﺭﻑ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ .ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺭﺣﻠﻪ ۱ﺗﺎ ﻣﺭﺣﻠﻪ ۴ﺭﺍ ﺗﮑﺭﺍﺭ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﺳﭘﺱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺭﺣﻠﻪ ۶ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ.
۱۶ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ﺳﺑﺯ ۹ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻥ ﻣﺭﺣﻠﻪ ،ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﺧﺯﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻁﺢ MAXﭘﺭ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ .ﺍﮐﻧﻭﻥ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ. ﺻﻔﺣﻪ ﻧﻣﺎﻳﺵ ﺳﻣﺕ ﭼپ ﻧﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻭﺩ. ﻧﮑﺗﻪ: ﭼﺭﺧﻪ ﺧﻭﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺷﺳﺗﺷﻭ/ﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺧﻭﺩ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﺷﺭﻭﻉ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺑﻳﺷﺗﺭ ﺍﺯ ۱۵ﺩﻗﻳﻘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺕ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ،ﻳﺎ ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺍﺳﺕ. ﺍﮔﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺩﺕ ۲ﻫﻔﺗﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻳﺷﺗﺭ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻧﻳﺩ ،ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺕ ﭼﺭﺧﻪ ﺷﺳﺗﺷﻭی ﺩﺳﺗﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺟﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ. ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﭼﺭﺧﻪ ،ﻣﯽ ﺗﻭﺍﻧﻳﺩ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻡ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ.
ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ۱۷ ۳ﺑﺭﺭﺳﯽ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﺭﻧﮓ ﭼﻪ ﺗﻌﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻥ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺭﻣﺯ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﮐﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ ﻭ ﺳﭘﺱ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ. ﺝ ۴ ۳ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﺳﺧﺗﯽ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ۲ ﺳﻳﺳﺗﻡ ﻋﻁﺭ Intenza ﺏ ﺍﻟﻑ ﻧﮑﺗﻪ: ﺍﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺭﻭی ﻧﻭﺍﺭ ﺑﺭﺭﺳﯽ ﺳﺧﺗﯽ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻣﺎﺕ ﺳﺧﺗﯽ ﺁﺏ ﻣﺭﺑﻭﻁ ﺍﺳﺕ. ﺩﻗﻳﻕ ﺗﺭ: ) ۱ = ۱ﺁﺏ ﺑﺳﻳﺎﺭ ﻧﺭﻡ( ) ۲ = ۲ﺁﺏ ﻧﺭﻡ( ) ۳ = ۳ﺁﺏ ﺳﺧﺕ( ) ۴ = ۴ﺁﺏ ﺑﺳﻳﺎﺭ ﺳﺧﺕ( ﺣﺭﻭﻑ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭی ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻓﻳﻠﺗﺭ ﺁﺏ " "INTENZA+ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺭﺑﻭﻁ ﺍﺳﺕ )ﺑﻪ ﺑﺧﺵ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ(.
۱۸ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ﻓﻳﻠﺗﺭ ﺁﺏ ""INTENZA+ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻪ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻧﻳﻡ ﻓﻳﻠﺗﺭ ﺁﺏ " "INTENZA+ﺭﺍ ﻧﺻﺏ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﭼﻭﻥ ﺍﻳﻥ ﻓﻳﻠﺗﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺟﺎﺩ ﺭﺳﻭﺑﺎﺕ ﺁﻫﮑﯽ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺟﻠﻭﮔﻳﺭی ﻣﯽ ﮐﻧﺩ ﻋﻁﺭ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻳﺷﺗﺭ ﺣﻔﻅ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻧﺩ. ﻣﯽ ﺗﻭﺍﻧﻳﺩ ﻓﻳﻠﺗﺭ ﺁﺏ " "INTENZA+ﺭﺍ ﺟﺩﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﺭﻳﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻧﻳﺩ .ﺑﺭﺍی ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺕ ﺍﻁﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻳﺷﺗﺭ، ﻟﻁﻔﺎ ً ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺣﻪ ﻣﺣﺻﻭﻻﺕ ﻧﮕﻬﺩﺍﺭی ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻥ ﺩﻓﺗﺭﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻧﻣﺎی ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺭ ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ .ﺁﺏ ﻗﺳﻣﺕ ﻣﻬﻡ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ ﺑﺭﺍی ﻫﻣﻳﻥ ﺑﺳﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﻬﻡ ﺍﺳﺕ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻣﻳﺷﻪ ﺑﺻﻭﺭﺕ ﺣﺭﻓﻪ ﺍی ﻓﻳﻠﺗﺭ ﺷﻭﺩ .
ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ۱۹ ۴ﻓﻳﻠﺗﺭ ﺁﺏ " "INTENZA+ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺧﺯﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ .ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻁﺭﻑ ﭘﺎﻳﻳﻥ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻳﮕﺭ ﺟﺎﺑﺟﺎ ﻧﺷﻭﺩ. ۵ﻣﺧﺯﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺷﻳﺭﻳﻥ ﭘﺭ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ. ۶ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻣﻠﮑﺭﺩ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺍﻍ ﻫﻣﻪ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺧﺯﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ )ﺑﻪ ﺑﺧﺵ "ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺍﻍ" ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ(. ۷ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﺧﺯﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺭ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ. ﺯﺭﺩ ۸ﺩﮐﻣﻪ " " ﺭﺍ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﮐﻣﻪ " ﻧﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻭﺩ.
۲۰ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ﺗﻌﻭﻳﺽ ﻓﻳﻠﺗﺭ ﺁﺏ ""INTENZA+ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻳﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﻭﻳﺽ ﻓﻳﻠﺗﺭ ﺁﺏ " "INTENZA+ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﻓﻳﻠﺗﺭ ﺟﺩﻳﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ ،ﺍﻳﻥ ﻧﻣﺎﺩ ﻧﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻭﺩ. ۱ﻓﻳﻠﺗﺭ ﺁﺏ " "INTENZA+ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻣﺎﻥ ﺻﻭﺭﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺧﺵ ﻗﺑﻠﯽ ﺗﻭﺿﻳﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺩ ﺗﻌﻭﻳﺽ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ. ﺯﺭﺩ ﺯﺭﺩ ۲ﺩﮐﻣﻪ " " ﺭﺍ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﮐﻣﻪ " ﻧﻣﺎﺩ ﻧﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻭﺩ. ۳ﮔﺯﻳﻧﻪ " "RESETﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺗﺧﺎﺏ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ .ﺩﮐﻣﻪ " " ﺩﺭ ﺑﻳﻥ ﮔﺯﻳﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﭘﻳﻣﺎﻳﺵ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻥ " ﺭﺍ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺗﺄﻳﻳﺩ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ. ﺯﺭﺩ ﺳﺑﺯ " ﺭﺍ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺧﺭﻭﺝ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ .
ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ۲۱ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻭﺍﻧﻳﺩ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻣﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺻﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﻧﺟﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﮐﻳﻔﻳﺕ ﻭ ﻁﻌﻡ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻓﺯﺍﻳﺵ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ. ﺳﻳﺳﺗﻡ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻕ ﺳﺎﻳﮑﻭ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻁﺑﻳﻌﯽ ﺍﺳﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻣﮑﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ ﺧﺻﻭﺻﻳﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﻁﺑﻕ ﻣﻧﺷﺎ ،ﺗﺭﮐﻳﺏ ﻭ ﺑﺭﺷﺗﻪ ﺷﺩﻥ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﮐﻧﺩ .ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﺟﻬﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻳﺳﺗﻡ ﺧﻭﺩ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﺍﺳﺕ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﺎی ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﺎی ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺧﺎﻡ ،ﮐﺎﺭﺍﻣﻠﯽ ﻭ ﻁﻌﻡ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ. ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺗﻌﺩﺍﺩ ﻣﺷﺧﺻﯽ ﻓﻧﺟﺎﻥ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺭﺩﻥ ﮐﻳﻔﻳﺕ ﻋﺻﺎﺭﻩ ﮔﻳﺭی ﺑﻁﻭﺭ ﺧﻭﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺧﻭﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻧﺩ.
۲۲ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ۲ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﺎی ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺭﺩ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻧﺩ ،ﺩﮐﻣﻪ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﻗﻳﻑ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺩﺍﺯﻩ ﻳﮏ ﺩﻧﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﭼﺭﺧﺎﻧﻳﺩ .ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﻭﻳژﻩ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ .ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ۲ﺗﺎ ۳ﻓﻧﺟﺎﻥ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺗﻭﺟﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻭﻳﺩ. ۳ﻋﻼﻣﺕ ﻫﺎی ﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﻗﻳﻑ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ،ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﺧﺭﺩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺷﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺩ ۵ .
ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ۲۳ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﻟﻭﻟﻪ ﺧﺭﻭﺟﯽ ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻭﺍﻧﻳﺩ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻟﻭﻟﻪ ﺧﺭﻭﺟﯽ ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻓﻧﺟﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﻳﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻣﺗﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﺷﻭﺩ. ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﮕﺷﺗﺎﻥ ﺧﻭﺩ ﻟﻭﻟﻪ ﺧﺭﻭﺟﯽ ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻳﻥ ﺣﺭﮐﺕ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺎﻧﻧﺩ ﺷﮑﻝ ﻧﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﺷﻭﺩ. ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ ﻫﺎی ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻪ ﺷﺩﻩ ﻋﺑﺎﺭﺗﻧﺩ ﺍﺯ: ﺑﺭﺍی ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻧﺟﺎﻥ ﻫﺎی ﮐﻭﭼﮏ؛ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻧﺟﺎﻥ ﻫﺎی ﺑﺯﺭگ. ﻣﯽ ﺗﻭﺍﻧﻳﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﻓﻧﺟﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺭ ﻟﻭﻟﻪ ﺧﺭﺟﯽ ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺩﻭ ﻓﻧﺟﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﭘﺭﺳﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺍﺳﭘﺭﺳﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻁﻭﻻﻧﯽ ﺗﺭ ﺑﻁﻭﺭ ﻫﻣﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ.
۲۴ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻣﺎ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺩ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻁﺑﻕ ﺳﻠﻳﻘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺩﺍﺯﻩ ﻓﻧﺟﺎﻥ ﻫﺎی ﺧﻭﺩ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ. ﻫﺭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﮐﻣﻪ " " ﻳﺎ " " ﺭﺍ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ،ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻳﮏ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﺷﺩﻩ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻡ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻧﺩ .ﻫﺭ ﺩﮐﻣﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻭﺍﻧﺩ ﺑﺻﻭﺭﺕ ﻣﺟﺯﺍ ﺑﺭﺍی ﻳﮏ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻳﺯی ﺷﻭﺩ. ﺭﻭﺵ ﺯﻳﺭ ﻧﺣﻭﻩ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻳﺯی ﺩﮐﻣﻪ " " ﺭﺍ ﺗﻭﺿﻳﺢ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺩ. ۱ﻓﻧﺟﺎﻧﯽ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺭ ﻟﻭﻟﻪ ﺧﺭﻭﺟﯽ ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ.
ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ۲۵ ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺍﺳﭘﺭﺳﻭ ﻭ ﺍﺳﭘﺭﺳﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻁﻭﻻﻧﯽ ﺗﺭ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ،ﺩﻗﺕ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻫﻳﭻ ﻫﺷﺩﺍﺭی ﺑﺭ ﺭﻭی ﭘﺎﻧﻝ ﮐﻧﺗﺭﻝ ﻧﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﺷﻭﺩ ،ﻭ ﺍﻳﻧﮑﻪ ﻣﺧﺯﻥ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻗﻳﻑ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﭘﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ. ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺍﺳﭘﺭﺳﻭ ﻭ ﺍﺳﭘﺭﺳﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻁﻭﻻﻧﯽ ﺗﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﺎی ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ۱ ۱ﻳﺎ ۲ﻓﻧﺟﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺭ ﻟﻭﻟﻪ ﺧﺭﻭﺟﯽ ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ. ۲ﺑﺭﺍی ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺍﺳﭘﺭﺳﻭ ﻭ ﺍﺳﭘﺭﺳﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻁﻭﻻﻧﯽ ﺗﺭ ،ﺩﮐﻣﻪ " ﺩﻟﺧﻭﺍﻩ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ. " ﺭﺍ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺍﻧﺗﺧﺎﺏ ﻋﻁﺭ ﺳﺑﺯ ۳ﺩﮐﻣﻪ " " ﺭﺍ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺍﺳﭘﺭﺳﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﮐﻣﻪ " ﺗﺭ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ.
۲۶ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺍﺳﭘﺭﺳﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺳﭘﺭﺳﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻁﻭﻻﻧﯽ ﺗﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﺎی ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺧﺭﺩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﻥ ﻋﻣﻠﮑﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻣﺎ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺧﺭﺩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ. ﺑﺎ ﻋﻣﻠﮑﺭﺩ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺧﺭﺩ ﺷﺩﻩ ،ﻫﺭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻭﺍﻧﻳﺩ ﻳﮏ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺩﻡ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ. ﺳﺑﺯ ۱ﺩﮐﻣﻪ " " ﺭﺍ ﻳﮏ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻧﺩ ﻣﺭﺗﺑﻪ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻣﻠﮑﺭﺩ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺧﺭﺩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺗﺧﺎﺏ ﺷﻭﺩ. ۲ﺩﺭﺏ ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺧﺭﺩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﻳﺎﻭﺭﻳﺩ ﻭ ﻳﮏ ﻗﺎﺷﻘﮏ ﺍﻧﺩﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﻳﺭی ﺍﺯ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺧﺭﺩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ.
ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ۲۷ ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﺑﺧﺎﺭ /ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﮐﺎﭘﻭﭼﻳﻧﻭ ﻫﺷﺩﺍﺭ: ﺧﻁﺭ ﺳﻭﺧﺗﮕﯽ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ! ﻣﻣﮑﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻁﺭﺍﺕ ﮐﻭﭼﮏ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺍﻍ ﺷﺭﻭﻉ ﺷﻭﺩ .ﺷﻳﺭ ﮔﺭﻡ ﮐﻥ ﻭ ﮐﻑ ﺷﻳﺭﺳﺎﺯ ﮐﻼﺳﻳﮏ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻭﺍﻧﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻣﺎی ﺑﺎﻻﻳﯽ ﺑﺭﺳﺩ .ﻫﺭﮔﺯ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺕ ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺳﺕ ﻧﺯﻧﻳﺩ .ﻓﻘﻁ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﻳﺭﻩ ﻣﺣﺎﻓﻅ ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ. ۱/۳ ۱ﻅﺭﻑ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻳﺭ ﺳﺭﺩ ﭘﺭ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ. ﻧﮑﺗﻪ: ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﮐﺎﭘﻭﭼﻳﻧﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻳﺭ ﺳﺭﺩ ) ۵ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺗﯽ ﮔﺭﺍﺩ ۴۱ /ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻓﺎﺭﻧﻬﺎﻳﺕ( ﺑﺎ ﭘﺭﻭﺗﺋﻳﻥ ﺣﺩﺍﻗﻝ ٪۳ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺗﻳﺟﻪ ﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺑﺭﺳﻳﺩ .
۲۸ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ﻧﮑﺗﻪ: ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﮐﻣﻪ " ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ ﻁﻭﻝ ﻣﯽ ﮐﺷﺩ. " ،ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻧﮑﻪ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻁﻭﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﻝ ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﺑﺧﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﮐﻧﺩ ﭼﻧﺩ ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁ: ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻑ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺷﻳﺭ ،ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﮐﻣﯽ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺍﻍ ﺑﺎﻳﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﻅﺭﻑ ﺭﻳﺧﺗﻪ ﺷﻭﺩ .ﻗﺳﻣﺕ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻧﯽ ﺷﻳﺭ ﮔﺭﻡ ﮐﻥ ﻭ ﮐﻑ ﺷﻳﺭﺳﺎﺯ ﮐﻼﺳﻳﮏ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺩﺍ ﮐﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﻭﻟﺭﻡ ﺑﺷﻭﻳﻳﺩ. ﻧﮑﺗﻪ: ﻣﯽ ﺗﻭﺍﻧﻳﺩ ﺩﺭﺳﺕ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﺑﺧﺎﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺳﭘﺭﺳﻭ ﺩﻡ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺍﻍ ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ. ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺍﻍ ﻫﺷﺩﺍﺭ: ﺧﻁﺭ ﺳﻭﺧﺗﮕﯽ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ! ﻣﻣﮑﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻁﺭﺍﺕ ﮐﻭﭼﮏ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺍﻍ ﺷﺭﻭﻉ ﺷﻭﺩ .
ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ۲۹ ۳ﺍﻳﻥ ﻧﻣﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺩﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺑﻝ ﮔﺭﻡ ﺷﺩﻥ ﻣﻭﺭﺩ ﻧﻳﺎﺯ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻭﺩ. ﺳﺑﺯ ۴ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺩﻟﺧﻭﺍﻫﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺍﻍ ﺑﺭﻳﺯﻳﺩ .ﺑﺭﺍی ﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺍﻍ ،ﺩﮐﻣﻪ " " ﺭﺍ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ. ﺳﺑﺯ ﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺩﺍﺭی ﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁ: ﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺩﺍﺭی ﺑﻪ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺳﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﻬﻡ ﺍﺳﺕ ﭼﻭﻥ ﻋﻣﺭ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻓﺯﺍﻳﺵ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺩ. ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﺭﺗﺑﺎ ً ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺭﺽ ﺭﻁﻭﺑﺕ ،ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﻭ ﺭﺳﻭﺑﺎﺕ ﺁﻫﮑﯽ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ! ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺩ ﺍﻧﺟﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﺟﺎﻡ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺯﺋﻳﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻥ ﺑﺧﺵ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ .
۳۰ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ۲ﮐﺷﻭی ﺭﺳﻭﺑﺎﺕ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﮐﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ. ۳ﺳﻳﻧﯽ ﭼﮑﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ﻭ ﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ. ۱ ۴ﮐﺷﻭی ﺭﺳﻭﺑﺎﺕ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺳﻳﻧﯽ ﭼﮑﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻳﻧﯽ ﭼﮑﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ. ۲ ۲ ۳ ۳ ﻧﮑﺗﻪ: ﺳﻳﻧﯽ ﭼﮑﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻡ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺷﺎﻧﮕﺭ ﺳﻳﻧﯽ ﭼﮑﻪ ﭘﺭ ﺭﺳﻳﺩ ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ﮐﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺷﻭﻳﻳﺩ. ﻧﮑﺗﻪ: ﺳﺎﻳﺭ ﻣﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺭﺑﻭﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺩﺍﺭی ﺭﺍ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺍﺳﺕ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺭﻕ ﻭﺻﻝ ﻧﻳﺳﺕ ﺍﻧﺟﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ.
ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ۳۱ ﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﺷﻳﺭ ﮔﺭﻡ ﮐﻥ ﻭ ﮐﻑ ﺷﻳﺭﺳﺎﺯ ﮐﻼﺳﻳﮏ ﺑﺳﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﻬﻡ ﺍﺳﺕ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺻﻭﺭﺕ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻳﺭ ﮔﺭﻡ ﮐﻥ ﻭ ﮐﻑ ﺷﻳﺭﺳﺎﺯ ﮐﻼﺳﻳﮏ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﭼﻭﻥ ﺍﻳﻧﮑﺎﺭ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺭ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺕ ﺑﻬﺩﺍﺷﺕ ﻣﻭﺟﺏ ﺛﺑﺎﺕ ﮐﻑ ﺷﻳﺭ ﻫﻡ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻭﺩ. ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻑ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺷﻳﺭ ،ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﮐﻣﯽ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺍﻍ ﺑﺎﻳﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﻅﺭﻑ ﺭﻳﺧﺗﻪ ﺷﻭﺩ. ﻗﺳﻣﺕ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻧﯽ ﺷﻳﺭ ﮔﺭﻡ ﮐﻥ ﻭ ﮐﻑ ﺷﻳﺭﺳﺎﺯ ﮐﻼﺳﻳﮏ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺩﺍ ﮐﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﻭﻟﺭﻡ ﺑﺷﻭﻳﻳﺩ. ﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻫﻔﺗﮕﯽ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ۱ﻣﺣﻝ ﺳﻳﻧﯽ ﭼﮑﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ.
۳۲ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ۲ﻗﺳﻣﺕ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﯽ ﺷﻳﺭ ﮔﺭﻡ ﮐﻥ ﻭ ﮐﻑ ﺷﻳﺭﺳﺎﺯ ﮐﻼﺳﻳﮏ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻭﻟﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺍﻍ/ﺑﺧﺎﺭ ﺟﺩﺍ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ. ۳ﻗﺳﻣﺕ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﯽ ﺷﻳﺭ ﮔﺭﻡ ﮐﻥ ﻭ ﺗﻭﻟﻳﺩ ﮐﻑ ﺷﻳﺭ ﮐﻼﺳﻳﮏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺷﻳﺭﻳﻥ ﺑﺷﻭﻳﻳﺩ. ۴ﻟﻭﻟﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺍﻍ/ﺑﺧﺎﺭ ﺷﻳﺭ ﮔﺭﻡ ﮐﻥ ﻭ ﮐﻑ ﺷﻳﺭﺳﺎﺯ ﮐﻼﺳﻳﮏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﻣﺭﻁﻭﺑﯽ ﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﮐﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻗﻳﻣﺎﻧﺩﻩ ﺷﻳﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺑﺑﺭﻳﺩ. ۵ﻗﺳﻣﺕ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻭﻟﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺍﻍ/ﺑﺧﺎﺭ ﺑﺭﮔﺭﺩﺍﻧﻳﺩ )ﺩﻗﺕ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﺎﻣﻼً ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎی ﺧﻭﺩ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻳﺭﺩ(. ۶ﻗﺳﻣﺕ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻧﯽ ﺷﻳﺭ ﮔﺭﻡ ﮐﻥ ﻭ ﮐﻑ ﺷﻳﺭﺳﺎﺯ ﮐﻼﺳﻳﮏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺭﺩﺍﺭﻳﺩ.
ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ۳۳ ۳ﺩﺭ ﺳﺭﻭﻳﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ. ۴ﺑﺭﺍی ﺟﺩﺍ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﺧﺵ ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ،ﺩﮐﻣﻪ " "PUSHﺭﺍ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ﺩﺳﺗﻪ ﺑﮑﺷﻳﺩ. ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻳﻧﮑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭼﺭﺧﺎﻧﻳﺩ ﺑﺻﻭﺭﺕ ﺍﻓﻘﯽ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ ﺑﮑﺷﻳﺩ. ۵ﻣﺟﺭﺍی ﺧﺭﻭﺟﯽ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺑﺯﺍﺭ ﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺧﺎﺻﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻣﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺗﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻗﺎﺷﻕ ﮐﺎﻣﻼً ﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ .ﺩﻗﺕ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﺍﺑﺯﺍﺭ ﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻭﺭﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﮑﻝ ﻧﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻭﺩ. ۶ﮐﺷﻭی ﺭﺳﻭﺑﺎﺕ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﮐﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻁﻭﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﻝ ﺑﺷﻭﻳﻳﺩ.
۳۴ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ۷ﺑﺧﺵ ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺷﻳﺭﻳﻥ ﺑﺷﻭﻳﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻗﺕ ﻓﻳﻠﺗﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ. ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁ: ﺑﺭﺍی ﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﺧﺵ ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﭘﺎک ﮐﻧﻧﺩﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺻﺎﺑﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻧﻳﺩ. ۸ﺻﺑﺭ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺧﺵ ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﮐﺎﻣﻼً ﺧﺷﮏ ﺷﻭﺩ. ۹ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﻧﺭﻡ ﻭ ﻣﺭﻁﻭﺏ ﺑﻁﻭﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﻝ ﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ. ۱۰ﺩﻗﺕ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﺑﺧﺵ ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ؛ ﺩﻭ ﻋﻼﻣﺕ ﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﻫﻡ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻡ ﻣﻁﺎﺑﻘﺕ ﺩﺍﺷﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻧﺩ .ﺍﮔﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻡ ﻣﻁﺎﺑﻘﺕ ﻧﺩﺍﺷﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻧﺩ ،ﻣﺎﻧﻧﺩ ﺁﻧﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺭﺣﻠﻪ ۱۱ﺗﻭﺿﻳﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ.
ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ۳۵ ۱۳ﺩﻗﺕ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻗﻼﺑﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺧﺵ ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻗﻔﻝ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻧﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺣﻝ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺧﻭﺩ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﮔﺭﻓﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ .ﺍﮔﺭ ﻫﻧﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻁﺭﻑ ﭘﺎﻳﻳﻥ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ،ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻁﺭﻑ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻁﻭﺭ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺣﻝ ﺧﻭﺩ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻳﺭﺩ. ۱۴ﮐﺷﻭی ﺭﺳﻭﺑﺎﺕ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎی ﺧﻭﺩ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻗﺕ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﺩﺭﺳﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎی ﺧﻭﺩ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﮔﺭﻓﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ. ﻧﮑﺗﻪ: ﺍﮔﺭ ﮐﺷﻭی ﺭﺳﻭﺑﺎﺕ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺩﺭﺳﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎی ﺧﻭﺩ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﻧﮕﺭﻓﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ ،ﺑﺧﺵ ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺩﺭﺳﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﻧﻣﯽ ﮔﻳﺭﺩ.
۳۶ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ﺭﻭﻏﻧﮑﺎﺭی ﻣﺎﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺧﺵ ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ ً ۵۰۰ﻓﻧﺟﺎﻥ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻳﮑﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺑﺧﺵ ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻏﻧﮑﺎﺭی ﮐﻧﻳﺩ. ﮔﺭﻳﺱ ﺭﻭﻏﻧﮑﺎﺭی ﺑﺧﺵ ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻭﺍﻧﻳﺩ ﺑﻁﻭﺭ ﺟﺩﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﺭﻳﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻧﻳﺩ .ﺑﺭﺍی ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺕ ﺍﻁﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻳﺷﺗﺭ ،ﻟﻁﻔﺎ ً ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺣﻪ ﻣﺣﺻﻭﻻﺕ ﻧﮕﻬﺩﺍﺭی ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻥ ﺩﻓﺗﺭﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻧﻣﺎی ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺭ ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ. ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁ: ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻏﻧﮑﺎﺭی ﺑﺧﺵ ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ،ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺷﻳﺭﻳﻥ ﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺻﺑﺭ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻧﺩ ﺁﻧﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺧﺵ "ﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺧﺵ ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ" ﺗﻭﺿﻳﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺩ ﺧﺷﮏ ﺷﻭﺩ.
ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ۳۷ ۳ﺑﺧﺵ ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺣﻝ ﺧﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎی ﺧﻭﺩ ﻗﻔﻝ ﺷﻭﺩ )ﺑﻪ ﺑﺧﺵ "ﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺧﺵ ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ" ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ(. ۴ﺩﺭ ﺳﺭﻭﻳﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺑﻧﺩﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺳﻳﻧﯽ ﭼﮑﻪ ﻭ ﮐﺷﻭی ﺭﺳﻭﺑﺎﺕ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺑﻧﺩﻳﺩ. ﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺧﺵ ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ "ﺍﺯ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺑﺭﻧﺩﻩ ﺭﻭﻏﻥ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ" ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺭ ﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻫﻔﺗﮕﯽ ،ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻪ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻧﻳﻡ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ ً ۵۰۰ﻓﻧﺟﺎﻥ ﻳﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﭼﺭﺧﻪ ﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ "ﺍﺯ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺑﺭﻧﺩﻩ ﺭﻭﻏﻥ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ" ﺍﻧﺟﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ .ﺍﻳﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻧﺩ ﻧﮕﻬﺩﺍﺭی ﺑﺭﺍی ﺑﺧﺵ ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﮑﻣﻳﻝ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻧﺩ.
۳۸ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ۳ﻗﺭﺹ "ﺍﺯ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺑﺭﻧﺩﻩ ﺭﻭﻏﻥ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ" ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺧﺭﺩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ. ﺳﺑﺯ ۴ﺩﮐﻣﻪ " " ﺭﺍ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺍﻧﺗﺧﺎﺏ ﻋﻣﻠﮑﺭﺩ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺧﺭﺩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻓﺯﻭﺩﻥ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺧﺭﺩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ. ۵ﺩﮐﻣﻪ " " ﺭﺍ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺷﺭﻭﻉ ﭼﺭﺧﻪ ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ. ۶ﻣﻧﺗﻅﺭ ﺑﻣﺎﻧﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﺻﻑ ﻓﻧﺟﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﭘﺭ ﮐﻧﺩ. ۷ﺩﮐﻣﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ/ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺷﺕ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی " "0ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ. ۸ﺻﺑﺭ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺣﻠﻭﻝ ﻅﺭﻑ ۱۵ﺩﻗﻳﻘﻪ ﺍﺛﺭ ﺧﻭﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﺩ .ﺣﺗﻣﺎ ً ﺁﺏ ﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻅﺭﻑ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﺭﻳﺯﻳﺩ.
ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ۳۹ ۱۱ﺑﺧﺵ ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻁﻭﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﻝ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺷﻳﺭﻳﻥ ﺑﺷﻭﻳﻳﺩ. ۱۲ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺳﺗﻥ ﺑﺧﺵ ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ،ﺑﺧﺵ ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺣﻝ ﺧﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎی ﺧﻭﺩ ﻗﻔﻝ ﺷﻭﺩ )ﺑﻪ ﺑﺧﺵ "ﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻫﻔﺗﮕﯽ ﺑﺧﺵ ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ" ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ( .ﺳﻳﻧﯽ ﭼﮑﻪ ﻭ ﮐﺷﻭی ﺭﺳﻭﺑﺎﺕ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺳﺭﻭﻳﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺑﻧﺩﻳﺩ. ﺳﺑﺯ ۱۳ﺩﮐﻣﻪ " " ﺭﺍ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺍﻧﺗﺧﺎﺏ ﻋﻣﻠﮑﺭﺩ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺧﺭﺩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻓﺯﻭﺩﻥ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺧﺭﺩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ. ۱۴ﺩﮐﻣﻪ " " ﺭﺍ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺷﺭﻭﻉ ﭼﺭﺧﻪ ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ. ۱۵ﻣﺭﺍﺣﻝ ۱۳ﺗﺎ ۱۴ﺭﺍ ﺗﮑﺭﺍﺭ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ .
۴۰ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ﺭﺳﻭﺏ ﺯﺩﺍﻳﯽ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻣﺎﺩ " "CALC CLEANﻧﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺩ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺩ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺭﺳﻭﺏ ﺯﺩﺍﻳﯽ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ. ﺯﺭﺩ ﭼﺭﺧﻪ ﺭﺳﻭﺏ ﺯﺩﺍﻳﯽ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ ً ۳۰ﺩﻗﻳﻘﻪ ﻁﻭﻝ ﻣﯽ ﮐﺷﺩ. ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁ: ﺍﮔﺭ ﺍﻳﻧﮑﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺟﺎﻡ ﻧﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺕ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺗﯽ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻧﻣﯽ ﮐﻧﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻥ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ ،ﺗﻌﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺣﺕ ﭘﻭﺷﺵ ﺿﻣﺎﻧﺕ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﻧﻣﯽ ﮔﻳﺭﻧﺩ. ﻫﺷﺩﺍﺭ: ﻓﻘﻁ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺣﻠﻭﻝ ﺭﺳﻭﺏ ﺯﺩﺍﻳﯽ ﺳﺎﻳﮑﻭ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ .ﻓﺭﻣﻭﻝ ﺁﻥ ﻁﻭﺭی ﻁﺭﺍﺣﯽ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻭﺟﺏ ﻋﻣﻠﮑﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺗﺭ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺷﻭﺩ .
ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ۴۱ ۲ﺷﻳﺭ ﮔﺭﻡ ﮐﻥ ﻭ ﮐﻑ ﺷﻳﺭﺳﺎﺯ ﮐﻼﺳﻳﮏ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻭﻟﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺍﻍ/ﺑﺧﺎﺭ ﺟﺩﺍ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ. ۴ﺩﮐﻣﻪ " " ﺭﺍ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺷﺭﻭﻉ ﺭﻭﻧﺩ ﺭﺳﻭﺏ ﺯﺩﺍﻳﯽ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ. ﺯﺭﺩ ۳ﺩﮐﻣﻪ " " ﺭﺍ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻥ ﺻﻔﺣﻪ ﻧﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻭﺩ. ﺯﺭﺩ ﻧﮑﺗﻪ: ﺍﮔﺭ ﺩﮐﻣﻪ " " ﺭﺍ ﺍﺷﺗﺑﺎﻫﯽ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻳﺩ ،ﺩﮐﻣﻪ " " ﺭﺍ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺧﺭﻭﺝ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ. ۵ﻓﻳﻠﺗﺭ ﺁﺏ ") "INTENZA+ﺩﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ ﻧﺻﺏ( ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺧﺯﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎی ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻳﻠﺗﺭ ﺳﻔﻳﺩ ﮐﻭﭼﮏ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ. CALC CLEAN ۶ﻫﻣﻪ ﻣﺣﻠﻭﻝ ﺭﺳﻭﺏ ﺯﺩﺍﻳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺧﺯﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺭﻳﺯﻳﺩ .
۴۲ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ﻣﺭﺣﻠﻪ ﺭﺳﻭﺏ ﺯﺩﺍﻳﯽ ۹ﺩﮐﻣﻪ " " ﺭﺍ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺷﺭﻭﻉ ﭼﺭﺧﻪ ﺭﺳﻭﺏ ﺯﺩﺍﻳﯽ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ. ﺯﺭﺩ ﺯﺭﺩ ۱۰ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻭﺍﺻﻝ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﻧﻅﻡ ﺷﺭﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﻣﺣﻠﻭﻝ ﺭﺳﻭﺏ ﺯﺩﺍﻳﯽ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻧﺩ .ﻧﻭﺍﺭ ﺭﻭی ﭘﺎﻧﻝ ﮐﻧﺗﺭﻝ ﭘﻳﺷﺭﻓﺕ ﭼﺭﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺷﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺩ .ﺍﻳﻥ ﺭﻭﻧﺩ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ ً ۲۰ﺩﻗﻳﻘﻪ ﻁﻭﻝ ﻣﯽ ﮐﺷﺩ. ﺯﺭﺩ ﻧﮑﺗﻪ: ﭼﺭﺧﻪ ﺭﺳﻭﺏ ﺯﺩﺍﻳﯽ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﮐﻣﻪ " " .ﻣﻭﻗﺗﺎ ً ﻣﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻭﺩ .ﺑﺭﺍی ﺍﺯ ﺳﺭﮔﻳﺭی ﭼﺭﺧﻪ، ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﮐﻣﻪ " " ﺭﺍ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ .ﺍﻳﻧﮑﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻣﺎ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺩ ﻅﺭﻑ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺭﺍی ﻣﺩﺕ ﮐﻭﺗﺎﻫﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻧﻳﺩ.
ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ۴۳ ﻣﺭﺣﻠﻪ ﺁﺑﮑﺷﯽ ۱۵ﺩﮐﻣﻪ " " ﺭﺍ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺷﺭﻭﻉ ﭼﺭﺧﻪ ﺷﺳﺗﺷﻭ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ. ﺯﺭﺩ ﻧﮑﺗﻪ: ﭼﺭﺧﻪ ﺷﺳﺗﺷﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﮐﻣﻪ " " ﻣﻭﻗﺗﺎ ً ﻣﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻭﺩ .ﺑﺭﺍی ﺍﺯ ﺳﺭﮔﻳﺭی ﭼﺭﺧﻪ ،ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﮐﻣﻪ " " ﺭﺍ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ .ﺍﻳﻧﮑﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻣﺎ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺩ ﻅﺭﻑ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺭﺍی ﻣﺩﺕ ﮐﻭﺗﺎﻫﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻧﻳﺩ. ﺳﺑﺯ ۱۶ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻭﺭﺩ ﻧﻳﺎﺯ ﺑﺭﺍی ﭼﺭﺧﻪ ﺷﺳﺗﺷﻭ ﺑﻁﻭﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﻝ ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﺷﻭﺩ ،ﺍﻳﻥ ﻧﻣﺎﺩ ﻧﺷﺎﻥ " ﺭﺍ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺧﺭﻭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﭼﺭﺧﻪ ﺭﺳﻭﺏ ﺯﺩﺍﻳﯽ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ. ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻭﺩ .
۴۴ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ۲۰ﻓﻳﻠﺗﺭ ﺳﻔﻳﺩ ﮐﻭﭼﮏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺭﺩﺍﺷﺗﻪ ﻭ ﻓﻳﻠﺗﺭ ﺁﺏ ") "INTENZA+ﺩﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ ﻧﺻﺏ( ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺧﺯﻥ ﺁﺏ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ .ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺳﺗﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺷﻳﺭﻳﻥ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻁﺢ MAXﭘﺭ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ .ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ. ۲۱ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﭼﺭﺧﻪ ﺭﺳﻭﺏ ﺯﺩﺍﻳﯽ ،ﺑﺧﺵ ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺎﻧﻧﺩ ﺁﻧﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺧﺵ "ﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻫﻔﺗﮕﯽ ﺑﺧﺵ ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ" ﺗﻭﺿﻳﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺩ ﺑﺷﻭﻳﻳﺩ. ۲۲ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﻳﺭ ﮔﺭﻡ ﮐﻥ ﻭ ﮐﻑ ﺷﻳﺭﺳﺎﺯ ﮐﻼﺳﻳﮏ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ. ۲۳ﺍﮐﻧﻭﻥ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ.
ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ۴۵ ﻭﻗﻔﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭼﺭﺧﻪ ﺭﺳﻭﺏ ﺯﺩﺍﻳﯽ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﭼﺭﺧﻪ ﺭﺳﻭﺏ ﺯﺩﺍﻳﯽ ﺷﺭﻭﻉ ﺷﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺩ ﮐﺎﻣﻝ ﺷﻭﺩ ،ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﭼﺭﺧﻪ ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﻧﮑﻧﻳﺩ. ﺍﮔﺭ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﺷﻭﺩ ،ﻣﯽ ﺗﻭﺍﻧﻳﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﮐﻣﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ/ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺍﺯ ﭼﺭﺧﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﻭﻳﺩ. ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻥ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ ،ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ ﻗﻁﻊ ﺑﺭﻕ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺩﺍ ﺷﺩﻥ ﺳﻳﻡ ﺑﺭﻕ ﺑﻪ ﻁﻭﺭ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﯽ ،ﻣﺧﺯﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻗﺕ ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ﮐﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺷﻭﻳﻳﺩ ﺳﭘﺱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻁﺢ CALC CLEANﭘﺭ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ. ﺩﺳﺗﻭﺭﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﻫﺎی ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺧﺵ "ﭼﺭﺧﻪ ﺷﺳﺗﺷﻭی ﺩﺳﺗﯽ" ﺭﺍ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺩﻧﺑﺎﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ.
۴۶ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻳﺯی ﻣﯽ ﺗﻭﺍﻧﻳﺩ ﻋﻣﻠﮑﺭﺩﻫﺎی ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻁﺭﻳﻕ ﻣﻧﻭی ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻳﺯی ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺷﯽ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ. ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻣﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺭ ﻗﺎﺑﻝ ﺍﻧﺟﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺕ ﺯﺭﺩ ﺩﻣﺎی ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺍﻳﻥ ﻋﻣﻠﮑﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻣﺎ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺩ ﺩﻣﺎی ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ. ﺯﺭﺩ ﺗﺎﻳﻣﺭ )ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ( ﺍﻳﻥ ﻋﻣﻠﮑﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻣﺎ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺩ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺻﺭﻑ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺟﻬﺕ ﺭﻓﺗﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺕ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺧﺭﻳﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ. ﺯﺭﺩ ﮐﻧﺗﺭﺍﺳﺕ ﺍﻳﻥ ﻋﻣﻠﮑﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻣﺎ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺩ ﮐﻧﺗﺭﺍﺳﺕ ﺻﻔﺣﻪ ﻧﻣﺎﻳﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺭﺍی ﻣﺷﺎﻫﺩﻩ ﺑﻬﺗﺭ ﭘﻳﺎﻡ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ.
ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ۴۷ ﺯﺭﺩ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻣﺎﺕ ﮐﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻳﻥ ﻋﻣﻠﮑﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻣﺎ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺩ ﻫﻣﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺭ ﮐﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯﻧﺷﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ. ﻧﺣﻭﻩ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻳﺯی ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﻳﻥ ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻧﺣﻭﻩ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻳﺯی ﺗﺎﻳﻣﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺷﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺩ .ﺑﺭﺍی ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻳﺯی ﺳﺎﻳﺭ ﻋﻣﻠﮑﺭﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻣﻳﻥ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻋﻣﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ. ﺳﺑﺯ ﻣﻧﻭی ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻳﺯی ﺗﻧﻬﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻥ ﺻﻔﺣﻪ ﻧﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻭﺩ ﻗﺎﺑﻝ ﺩﺳﺗﺭﺳﯽ ﺍﺳﺕ. ۱ﺩﮐﻣﻪ " " ﺭﺍ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺩﺳﺗﺭﺳﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻳﺯی ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ. ۲ﺻﻔﺣﻪ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﻧﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻭﺩ.
۴۸ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ۴ﺩﮐﻣﻪ " " ﻭ ﺩﮐﻣﻪ " " ﺭﺍ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺍﻓﺯﺍﻳﺵ ﻳﺎ ﮐﺎﻫﺵ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﻋﻣﻠﮑﺭﺩ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ. ﺯﺭﺩ ۵ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﮐﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ ،ﭘﻳﺎﻡ " "OKﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻭﺩ .ﺩﮐﻣﻪ " ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ. ۶ﺩﮐﻣﻪ " " ﺭﺍ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺗﺄﻳﻳﺩ " ﺭﺍ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺧﺭﻭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻳﺯی ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ. ﻧﮑﺗﻪ: ﺍﮔﺭ ﺑﺭﺍی ۳ﺩﻗﻳﻘﻪ ﻫﻳﭻ ﺩﮐﻣﻪ ﺍی ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﺷﻭﺩ ،ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻁﻭﺭ ﺧﻭﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﺕ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻳﺯی ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻭﺩ .ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺭی ﮐﻪ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﮐﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺩ ﻭﻟﯽ ﺗﺄﻳﻳﺩ ﻧﺷﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺩ ﺫﺧﻳﺭﻩ ﻧﻣﯽ ﺷﻭﻧﺩ.
ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ۴۹ ﻣﻌﻧﯽ ﻧﻣﺎﺩﻫﺎی ﺻﻔﺣﻪ ﻧﻣﺎﻳﺵ ﺍﻳﻥ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﺟﻬﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻳﺳﺗﻡ ﺭﻣﺯﮔﺫﺍﺭی ﺭﻧﮕﯽ ﺍﺳﺕ ﺗﺎ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺭ ﺳﻳﮕﻧﺎﻝ ﻫﺎی ﺻﻔﺣﻪ ﻧﻣﺎﻳﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺣﺗﯽ ﺩﺭک ﮐﻧﺩ. ﻧﻣﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﻁﺑﻕ ﺍﺻﻭﻝ ﭼﺭﺍﻍ ﺭﺍﻫﻧﻣﺎ ﺑﺻﻭﺭﺕ ﺭﻧﮕﯽ ﺭﻣﺯﮔﺫﺍﺭی ﺷﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺩ. ﺳﻳﮕﻧﺎﻝ ﻫﺎی ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ )ﺭﻧﮓ ﺳﺑﺯ( ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ. ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺍﻍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﮔﺭﻡ ﺷﺩﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ. ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺧﺭﺩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ. ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﺁﺏ ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﺑﺧﺎﺭ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﻓﻧﺟﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﭘﺭﺳﻭ ﺍﺳﺕ.
۵۰ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ﺳﻳﮕﻧﺎﻝ ﻫﺎی ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ )ﺭﻧﮓ ﺳﺑﺯ( ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻳﺯی ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﭘﺭﺳﻭ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ. ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻳﺯی ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﭘﺭﺳﻭ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻁﻭﻻﻧﯽ ﺗﺭ ﺍﺳﺕ. ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺍﺳﭘﺭﺳﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺧﺭﺩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﺟﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺕ. ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺍﺳﭘﺭﺳﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻁﻭﻻﻧﯽ ﺗﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺧﺭﺩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﺟﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺕ.
ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ۵۱ ﺳﻳﮕﻧﺎﻝ ﻫﺎی ﻫﺷﺩﺍﺭ )ﺭﻧﮓ ﺯﺭﺩ( ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﮔﺭﻡ ﺷﺩﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ. ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﺟﺎﻡ ﭼﺭﺧﻪ ﺷﺳﺗﺷﻭ ﺍﺳﺕ .ﻣﻧﺗﻅﺭ ﺑﻣﺎﻧﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﭼﺭﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﺎﻣﻝ ﮐﻧﺩ. ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻳﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﻭﻳﺽ ﻓﻳﻠﺗﺭ ﺁﺏ " "INTENZA+ﺩﺍﺭﺩ. ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺑﺎﺯﻧﺷﺎﻧﯽ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ،ﺑﺧﺵ ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺯﻧﺷﺎﻧﯽ ﺍﺳﺕ. ﻗﻳﻑ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﺎی ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﭘﺭ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﭼﺭﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺭﻭﻉ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ. ﻣﺩﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ. ﺑﺎﻳﺩ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺭﺳﻭﺏ ﺯﺩﺍﻳﯽ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ .ﺩﮐﻣﻪ " " ﺭﺍ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺷﺭﻭﻉ ﺭﻭﻧﺩ ﺭﺳﻭﺏ ﺯﺩﺍﻳﯽ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ .
۵۲ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ﺳﻳﮕﻧﺎﻝ ﻫﺎی ﻫﺷﺩﺍﺭ )ﺭﻧﮓ ﻗﺭﻣﺯ( ﺳﻳﻧﯽ ﭼﮑﻪ ﺑﺎ ﮐﺷﻭی ﺭﺳﻭﺑﺎﺕ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻁﻭﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺭﻭﻳﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺑﻧﺩﻳﺩ. ﻗﻳﻑ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺭ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ. ﺑﺧﺵ ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ. ﮐﺷﻭی ﺭﺳﻭﺑﺎﺕ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ .ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﻥ ۵ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ ﺻﺑﺭ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ. ﻣﺧﺯﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺭ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ. Exx ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻧﻣﯽ ﮐﻧﺩ .ﮐﺩ ﺧﻁﺎ ﺩﺭ ﮔﻭﺷﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻳﻥ ﺳﻣﺕ ﺭﺍﺳﺕ ﻧﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻭﺩ .ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ .ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ۳۰ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ۲ .ﻳﺎ ۳ﻣﺭﺗﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻧﮑﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺟﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ .
ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ۵۳ ﻋﻳﺏ ﻳﺎﺑﯽ ﺍﻳﻥ ﺑﺧﺵ ﻣﻌﻣﻭﻝ ﺗﺭﻳﻥ ﻣﺷﮑﻼﺗﯽ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻣﮑﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﻭﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻳﺩ ﺑﻁﻭﺭ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻋﻧﻭﺍﻥ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻧﺩ. ﺍﮔﺭ ﻧﻣﯽ ﺗﻭﺍﻧﻳﺩ ﻣﺷﮑﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻁﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺭ ﺑﺭﻁﺭﻑ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ،ﺑﻪ www.philips.com/support ﺑﺭﺍی ﻟﻳﺳﺗﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺅﺍﻻﺕ ﻣﺗﺩﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻁ ﺭﺍﻳﮕﺎﻥ ﻓﻳﻠﻳﭘﺱ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺷﻭﺭ ﺧﻭﺩ ﺗﻣﺎﺱ ﺑﮕﻳﺭﻳﺩ. ﺟﺯﺋﻳﺎﺕ ﺗﻣﺎﺱ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺗﺎﺑﭼﻪ ﺿﻣﺎﻧﺕ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺩﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺩﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ www.philips.com/support ﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺍﺳﺕ. ﻋﻣﻠﮑﺭﺩﻫﺎی ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻋﻠﺕ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺣﻝ ﻫﺎ ﮐﺩ ﺧﻁﺎی ۱ ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﻣﺳﺩﻭﺩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ.
۵۴ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ﻋﻣﻠﮑﺭﺩﻫﺎی ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻋﻠﺕ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺣﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﻧﻣﯽ ﺷﻭﺩ. ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺑﮑﻪ ﺑﺭﻕ ﻭﺻﻝ ﻧﻳﺳﺕ ،ﻳﺎ ﺩﮐﻣﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ/ ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺭﻭی ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ " "Oﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ. ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺑﮑﻪ ﺑﺭﻕ ﻭﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺩﮐﻣﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ/ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ " "Iﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ. ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺕ ﻧﻣﺎﻳﺷﯽ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ. ﺩﮐﻣﻪ " " ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺑﻳﺷﺗﺭ ﺍﺯ ۸ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺗﻪ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ. ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﮐﻣﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ/ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ. ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻧﮑﻪ ﺁﺑﯽ ﺗﺧﻠﻳﻪ ﻧﺷﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ ﺳﻳﻧﯽ ﭼﮑﻪ ﭘﺭ ﺍﺳﺕ.
ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ۵۵ ﻋﻣﻠﮑﺭﺩﻫﺎی ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻋﻠﺕ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺣﻝ ﻫﺎ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺩﻡ ﻧﻣﯽ ﮐﺷﺩ ،ﺑﻪ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﯽ ﺩﻡ ﻣﯽ ﮐﺷﺩ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺩﺍﺯﻩ ﭼﻧﺩ ﻗﻁﺭﻩ ﺩﻡ ﻣﯽ ﮐﺷﺩ )ﺑﻪ ﻧﮑﺗﻪ ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ(. ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺧﺭﺩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺑﺳﻳﺎﺭ ﺭﻳﺯ ﻫﺳﺗﻧﺩ. ﺗﺭﮐﻳﺏ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻧﺩ ﺁﻧﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺧﺵ "ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺳﺭﺍﻣﻳﮑﯽ" ﺗﻭﺿﻳﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ ،ﺧﺭﺩ ﺷﺩﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﺎی ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ. ﻣﺩﺍﺭ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻳﺳﺕ. ﻣﺩﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ )ﺑﻪ ﺑﺧﺵ "ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺍﻭﻟﻳﻥ ﻣﺭﺗﺑﻪ" ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ(. ﺑﺧﺵ ﺩﻡ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﮐﺛﻳﻑ ﺍﺳﺕ.
۵۶ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ﺫﺧﻳﺭﻩ ﺍﻧﺭژی ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﺳﭘﺭﺳﻭ ﺳﺎﺯ ﺳﻭﭘﺭ ﺍﺗﻭﻣﺎﺗﻳﮏ ﻓﻳﻠﻳﭘﺱ ﻁﻭﺭی ﻁﺭﺍﺣﯽ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ ﮐﻪ ﻁﺑﻕ ﺑﺭﭼﺳﺏ ﺍﻧﺭژی ﮐﻼﺱ ،Aﺩﺭ ﻣﺻﺭﻑ ﺍﻧﺭژی ﺻﺭﻓﻪ ﺟﻭﻳﯽ ﮐﻧﺩ. ﺍﮔﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺩﺕ ۱۵ﺩﻗﻳﻘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻧﻳﺩ ،ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻁﻭﺭ ﺧﻭﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻭﺩ )ﻣﮕﺭ ﺍﻳﻧﮑﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺭی ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻳﺯی ﺷﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ( .ﺍﮔﺭ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﺩﻡ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ ،ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﭼﺭﺧﻪ ﺷﺳﺗﺷﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺟﺎﻡ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺩ. ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺕ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ،ﻣﺻﺭﻑ ﺍﻧﺭژی ﺯﻳﺭ ۱ﻭﺍﺕ ﺳﺎﻋﺕ ﺍﺳﺕ.
ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ۵۷ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻣﺎﺕ ﮐﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺷﺩﻩ ﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﻋﻁﺭ ﻗﺎﺑﻝ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ: ﺍﺳﭘﺭﺳﻭ ۴۰ﻣﻳﻠﯽ ﻟﻳﺗﺭ ۳ ۱۴۰-۲۰ﻣﻳﻠﯽ ﻟﻳﺗﺭ ۱۲۰ﻣﻳﻠﯽ ﻟﻳﺗﺭ ۳ ۱۴۰-۲۰ﻣﻳﻠﯽ ﻟﻳﺗﺭ ﺍﺳﭘﺭﺳﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻁﻭﻻﻧﯽ ﺗﺭ ﻧﮑﺗﻪ :ﻣﻣﮑﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﮐﻧﺩ. ﺿﻣﺎﻧﺕ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻭ ﺳﺭﻭﻳﺱ ﺿﻣﺎﻧﺕ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺕ ﺍﻁﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﻗﻳﻕ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺿﻣﺎﻧﺕ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻭ ﺷﺭﺍﻳﻁ ﻣﺭﺑﻭﻁﻪ ،ﻟﻁﻔﺎ ً ﺩﻓﺗﺭﭼﻪ ﺿﻣﺎﻧﺕ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺩﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ ﻣﻁﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ.
۵۸ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺵ ﻣﺣﺻﻭﻻﺕ ﻧﮕﻬﺩﺍﺭی ﺑﺭﺍی ﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺭﺳﻭﺏ ﺯﺩﺍﻳﯽ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺣﺻﻭﻻﺕ ﻧﮕﻬﺩﺍﺭی ﻓﻳﻠﻳﭘﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ .ﻣﯽ ﺗﻭﺍﻧﻳﺩ ﺍﻳﻥ ﻣﺣﺻﻭﻻﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺭﻭﺷﮕﺎﻩ ﺁﻧﻼﻳﻥ ﻓﻳﻠﻳﭘﺱ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ،www.shop.philips.com/service ﻓﺭﻭﺷﻧﺩﻩ ﻣﺣﻠﯽ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺭﺍﮐﺯ ﺳﺭﻭﻳﺱ ﻣﺟﺎﺯ ﺧﺭﻳﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻧﻳﺩ. ﺍﮔﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺕ ﻣﺣﺻﻭﻻﺕ ﻧﮕﻬﺩﺍﺭی ﺑﺭﺍی ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﻭﺩ ﻣﺷﮑﻠﯽ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺩ ،ﻟﻁﻔﺎ ً ﺑﺎ ﺧﻁ ﺭﺍﻳﮕﺎﻥ ﻓﻳﻠﻳﭘﺱ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺷﻭﺭ ﺧﻭﺩ ﺗﻣﺎﺱ ﺑﮕﻳﺭﻳﺩ. ﺟﺯﺋﻳﺎﺕ ﺗﻣﺎﺱ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺗﺎﺑﭼﻪ ﺿﻣﺎﻧﺕ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺩﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺩﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ www.philips.com/support ﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺍﺳﺕ.
ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ۵۹ - ﺍﺯ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺑﺭﻧﺩﻩ ﺭﻭﻏﻥ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ CA6704 - ﮐﻳﺕ ﻧﮕﻬﺩﺍﺭی CA6706
del 30-04-15 ۰۲ Rev.00 ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ۰۲ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺩﻩ ﺣﻕ ﺍﻳﺟﺎﺩ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻁﻼﻉ ﻗﺑﻠﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺧﻭﺩ ﻣﺣﻔﻭﻅ ﻣﯽ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ www.philips.
